Epson Programming Guide

ESC/POS Paper roll/cut sheet EPSON printers ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS Features ESC/POS & Technical
Information ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS

CONFID ENTIAL
Commands listed by function Commands listed in alphanumeric order Character code tables Usable application programs and tips Definitions
TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-J8000 TM-U925 TM-U300C/D
EPSO N
FEED RELEA SE RECEI OUT PT ERROR VALIDA POWE TION R
TM-U675
TM-U325D
TM-U375
ESC/POS EPSON ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-H5000II
To see the list of supported commands, click here
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-H6000
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-J8000
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-U300C/D
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-U325D
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-U375
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-U675
CONFID ENTIAL
TM-U925
CONFIDENTIAL
Usable application programs and tips
sss sss
more
USABLE APPLICATION PROGRAMS AND TIPS

System Processing
This example illustrates ESC/POS command functions and printing results. It shows issue processing for a receipt and the commands and procedures used by a TM-U375 (RS-232 serial interface model), DM-D102, and drawer. Set DIP switch 2-1 of the TM-U375 to On (customer display connected), insert the plug of the DM-D102 firmly into the customer display connector (DM-D) on the bottom of the printer, and then turn on the printer power.
Print Sample
YOUR RECEIPT
Thank you APRIL 5, 1997, 10:30 TM-U375 PS-150 37.50 15.00
Stamp
Item A
TOTAL
52.50
Item B Manual cutting
----------------------------------------55.00 PAID 2.50 CHANGE
Paper roll/cut sheet
Ver. 6.0 p. 10
CONFIDENTIAL
System Processing Procedures
Procedure 1. Define stamp data 2. Display a message 3. Stamp Commands Used ESC =, GS ESC = ESC =, ESC a, ESC U, GS /, ESC J, ESC d ESC a, ESC !, ESC =, LF, ESC U ESC =, LF, ESC p, ESC d ESC =, GS !, LF Description
sss sss
more
Select the printer with ESC = and define a downloaded bit image as a stamp. Select the customer display with ESC = and display a message and time. After selecting the printer with ESC = and the center justification for the printing position with ESC a, print the stamp (downloaded bit image), date, and time. Select font B with ESC ! to set 40 characters for a print column. Select both the printer and customer display with ESC = and print and display item A. Select the printer with ESC = and paper is fed to the manual cutting position after printing item B and executing a drawer operation. Display only amount paid on the display. Select the printer with ESC = and print and display change and a message. Use the manual cutter.
4. Print item A Display item A 5. Print item B Display item B 6. Display change 7. Manual cut
Ver. 6.0 p. 11
CONFIDENTIAL
DM-D102 Display Result
1
sss sss
more
Define data
WELCOME
2
1 0 : 30 : 0 0
Scroll the message and display the counter
TMU375 37. 50
Display Item A
PS150 1 5 . 00
Display Item A
TOTAL 52. 50
Display total
PAID 55 . 00
Display amount paid
CHANGE
7
2. 50
Display change amount
> > Thank You > >
> > > >
Ver. 6.0 p. 12
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(3); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); FOR I=1 to 1280 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$)); NEXT I PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(2); Select the device (customer display) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"t";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1F);"T";CHR$(10);CHR$(30); PRINT #1, CHR$(229);CHR$(230);CHR$(229);" PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"/";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(10); PRINT #1, "Thank You";CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(30); Print a message PRINT #1, "APRIL 5, 1997, 10:30";CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(3); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(1); W$=INPUT(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(3); PRINT #1, "TM-U375 W$=INPUT$(1) PRINT #1, "PS-150 W$=INPUT$(1) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(17); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(3); PRINT #1, "TOTAL (Continued on next page) Select unidirectional printing Select character size (double in vertical) Select the printer and customer display 52.50";CHR$(&HA);CHR$(&HB); Justification (left) Select font B Waiting for input Clear the display 37.50";CHR$(&HA);CHR$(&HB); Waiting for input 15.00";CHR$(&HA);CHR$(&HB); Waiting for input Select the printer Select the printer and customer display Print date and time WELCOME ";CHR$(229);CHR$(230);CHR$(229); Select devices (printer and customer display) Initialize the devices Select the printer
sss sss
more
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"";CHR$(40);CHR$(4);
Define stamp data (downloaded bit image)
Select the printer Justification (center) Select unidirectional printing Print downloaded bit image (normal mode) Cancel unidirectional printing
Execute a stamp
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(2);CHR$(&HC);
Print and display item A
Ver. 6.0 p. 13
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example (continued)
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); Select the printer PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(0); Cancel unidirectional printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(1); Select a character size (normal) PRINT #1, "-----------------------------------------";CHR$(&HA); W$=INPUT(1); PRINT #1, "PAID Waiting for input 55.00";CHR$(&HA);
sss sss
more
Print and display item A
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(3); Select the printer and customer display PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); Select the printer PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"p";CHR$(0);CHR$(10);CHR$(100); Output a pulse (drawer operation) PRINT #1, "CHANGE 2.50";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(11); Feed paper to the manual cutting position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(2); Select the customer display PRINT #1, CHR$(&HC); PRINT #1, "CHANGE END (Continued on next page) 2.50"; Thank You ";CHR$(236);CHR$(236); PRINT #1,CHR$(237);CHR$(237); "
Print and display item B
Display change and message
Ver. 6.0 p. 14
CONFIDENTIAL
DATA 15,55,55,55,50,2A,AA,AA,AA,A8,55,55,55,55,54,A0,00,00,00,0A,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,48,00,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02 DATA 4A,A0,00,00,04,85,54,00,00,02,4A,AA,80,00,04,85,55,50,00,02,40,AA,A8,00,04 DATA 80,15,54,00,02,40,02,AA,AA,A4,80,00,55,55,42,40,00,0A,AA,A4,80,00,55,55,42 DATA 40,02,AA,AA,A4,80,15,54,00,02,40,AA,A8,00,04,85,55,50,00,02,4A,AA,80,00,04 DATA 85,54,00,00,02,4A,A0,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02,48,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,2A,AA,A8,04,80,55,55,54,02,40,AA,AA,AA,04,81,55,55,55,02,42,Aa,AA,AA,84 DATA 85,40,00,05,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42 DATA 4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4 DATA 85,40,00,05,42,42,AA,AA,AA,84,81,55,55,55,02,40,AA,AA,AA,04,80,55,55,54,02 DATA 40,2A,AA,A8,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,A8,04 DATA 85,55,55,54,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,04,85,55,55,55,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,84,80,00,00,05,42 DATA 40,00,00,02,A4,80,00,00,01,42,40,00,00,02,A4,80,00,00,01,42,40,00,00,02,A4 DATA 80,00,00,01,42,40,00,00,02,A4,80,00,00,01,42,40,00,00,02,A4,80,00,00,05,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,84,85,55,55,55,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,04,85,55,55,54,02,4A,AA,AA,A8,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04 DATA 85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,15,00,02,4A,80,2A,80,04,85,00,15,40,02 DATA 4A,80,2A,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,42,AA,A8,AA,A4,81,55,50,55,42,40,AA,A0,2A,A4 DATA 80,55,40,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,14,00,02 DATA 4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,15,00,02,4A,80,2A,80,04 DATA 85,00,15,40,02,4A,80,2A,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,42,AA,A8,Aa,A4,81,55,50,55,42 DATA 40,AA,A0,2A,A4,80,55,40,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,55,55,55,44,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,55,55,55,44,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2 DATA 45,00,50,01,44,8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,50,01,44,8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,50,01,44 DATA 8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,50,01,44,8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,15,55,50,02,40,2A,AA,A8,04 DATA 80,55,55,54,02,40,AA,AA,AA,04,81,55,55,55,02,42,A0,00,0A,84,85,40,00,05,42 DATA 4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4 DATA 85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,50,01,42,4A,80,A8,02,A4,85,00,50,01,42 DATA 4A,80,A8,02,A4,85,00,50,01,42,4A,80,A8,02,A4,85,00,50,01,42,4A,80,A8,02,A4 DATA 85,00,00,01,42,4A,80,00,02,A4,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 (Continued on next page)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 15
CONFIDENTIAL
DATA 40,00,00,00,04,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,55,55,55,44,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,55,55,55,44 DATA 8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 DATA 85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,14,00,02 DATA 4A,80,2A,00,04,85,00,14,00,02,4A,80,2A,00,04,85,55,54,00,02,42,AA,A8,00,04 DATA 81,55,50,00,02,40,AA,A0,00,04,80,55,40,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 4A,80,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04 DATA 85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04 DATA 85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02,4A,80,00,00,04,85,00,00,00,02 DATA 4A,80,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA A0,00,00,00,0A,55,55,55,55,54,2A,AA,AA,AA,A8,15,55,55,55,50,00,00,00,00,00
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 16
CONFIDENTIAL
Page Mode Printing
sss sss
more
This example illustrates ESC/POS command functions and printing results. The example shows issue processing for a coupon and the procedures and commands used in page mode with the TM-H5000II. You can use page mode to rotate data so that you can print characters, bar codes, and bit images that would not fit in the printable area in the standard mode.
Print Sample
Paper feed direction
Ver. 6.0 p. 17
CONFIDENTIAL
System Processing Procedures
Procedure 1. Select page mode Commands Used ESC L, GS P Description
sss sss
more
Select page mode. Change horizontal and vertical motion units to set normal dot units. Select the printing area for the border with ESC W and the printing direction with ESC T. Transmit the border data as a bit image. Select the printing area for the message data with ESC W and the printing direction with ESC T. Select the printing area for the data for the symbols with ESC W and the printing direction with ESC T. Transmit data for symbols A and B as bit images. Select the printing area for the bar code with ESC W and the printing direction with ESC T. After setting HRI characters with GS H and GS f, etc., transmit data for CODE 39 bar code to the printing position set by GS $. Print all data collectively in page mode and cut paper. Return to standard mode. All data in page mode is cleared.
2. Transmit data for border
ESC W, ESC T, ESC
3. Transmit a message
ESC W, ESC T, GS !, LF, ESC J
4. Transmit data for symbols ESC W, ESC T, ESC 3, A and B ESC (the tree and cake) 5. Transmit bar code data ESC W, ESC T, GS H GS f, GS h, GS w, GS $ GS k ESC FF, GS V ESC S
6. Print all data 7. Return to standard mode
When printing multiple coupons, transmit ESC FF and GS V as many times as you want to print.
Ver. 6.0 p. 18
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L";
sss sss
more
Initialize Select
page mode
the printer
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR&(180);
Set
horizontal and vertical motion units
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(6);CHR $(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(244);CHR$(1);CHR$(238);CHR$(2); PRINT #1, CHR$($H1B);"T";CHR$(0); n=10: GOSUB Edge PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1); n=15: GOSUB Edge PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(2); n=10: GOSUB Edge PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(3); n=15: GOSUB Edge PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(140);CHR$(0);CHR$(118);CHR$(0);CHR$(104);CHR$(1);CHR$(16);CHR$(2); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(17); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA);" Merry Christmas !!";CHR$(&HA);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(16); PRINT #1, " 10% OFF COUPON";CHR$(&H1B);"J":CHR$(200); PRINT #1, "EPSON DEPARTMENT STORE";
Select
printing direction (left to right) printing direction (bottom to up) printing direction (right to left) printing direction (up to bottom)
Select Select Select Select
Transmit edge data
printing direction (bottom to up)
Transmit a message
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(50);CHR $(0);CHR$(76);CHR$(2);CHR$(72);CHR$(0);CHR$(68);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1);
Select
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(24); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(34);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 34 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(34);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 34 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(34);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 34 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c (Continued on next page)
Transmit data for symbol A
Ver. 6.0 p. 19
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(58);CHR $(1);CHR$(102);CHR$(0);CHR$(72);CHR$(0);CHR$(96);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1);
sss sss
more
Select
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 48 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 48 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(0) FOR c=1 to 48 READ a$: PRINT #1, CHR$(VAL("&H"+a$));:NEXT c PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(20);CHR $(1);CHR$(226);CHR$(0);CHR$(70);CHR$(0);CHR$(56);CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"H";CHR$(2); PRINT #1, PRINT #1, PRINT #1, PRINT #1,
Transmit data for symbol B
Select printing direction (bottom to up) Select printing position of HRI characters (bottom) CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(1); Select font for HRI characters (font B) CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(40); Set bar code height CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(2); Set bar code width CHR$(&H1D);"$";CHR$(40);CHR$(0); Set absolute vertical print position Print
data collectively
Transmit bar code
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(4);"*10% OFF*";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);CHR$(&HC); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"S"; END Edge FOR i=1 To n PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"*";CHR$(0);CHR$(25);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(128);CHR$(128);CHR$(128);CHR$(96);CHR$(128); PRINT #1, CHR$(128);CHR$(128);CHR$(166);CHR$(165);CHR$(81); PRINT #1, CHR$(78);CHR$(32);CHR$(26);CHR$(32);CHR$(78); PRINT #1, CHR$(81);CHR$(165);CHR$(166);CHR$(128);CHR$(128); NEXT i RETURN (Continued on next page) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V";CHR$(66);CHR$(80);
Return
Cut
paper
to standard mode
Subroutine for transmitting the edge data
Ver. 6.0 p. 20
CONFIDENTIAL
DATA 00,00,00,00,00,00,01,01,03,03,05,05,28,28,38,38 DATA F0,F0,38,38,28,28,05,05,03,03,01,01,00,00,00,00,00,00 DATA 00,00,08,08,19,19,2A,2A,4C,4C,82,82,47,47,E2,E2 DATA 40,40,11,11,3B,3B,91,91,4C,4C,2A,2A,19,19,08,08,00,00 DATA 40,40,C0,C0,40,40,5C,5C,57,57,55,55,55,55,75,75 DATA 55,55,75,75,D5,D5,55,55,57,57,5C,5C,40,40,C0,C0,40,40 DATA 00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,07,07,09,09,7D,7D,10,10,16,16,78,F8,FC,7C,3E,3E DATA 3E,3E,7C,FC,F8,78,16,16,10,10,7D,7D,09,09,07,07,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00 DATA 1F,1F,24,24,41,41,42,42,F1,F1,29,29,49,49,AC,AC,94,94,AC,AC,C4,C4,AC,AC DATA 94,94,AC,AC,C4,C4,AC,AC,94,94,69,69,49,49,F1,F1,42,42,41,41,24,24,1F,1F DATA F0,F0,48,48,24,24,64,64,12,12,52,52,52,52,89,89,A9,A9,89,89,99,99,C9,C9 DATA 89,89,99,99,C9,C9,A9,A9,89,89,12,12,52,52,12,12,24,24,A4,A4,C8,C8,F0,F0
sss sss
more
Data for symbol A
Data for symbol B
Ver. 6.0 p. 21
CONFIDENTIAL
Tips (standard mode/page mode)
sss sss
more
Some TM printers, such as the TM-U675 and the TM-H6000, support two different print modes: standard mode and page mode.
ESC L, FS L Power on Standard mode ESC S Page mode Printing FF ESC FF
Printing
What is standard mode?

The standard mode is supported by all printers. In this mode, the printers print data in the print buffer by executing print commands (such as LF, CR, and ESC J) or when the buffer is full. Standard mode is the print mode which prints data one line at a time.
Characteristics of standard mode

s All printers support standard mode s The printer is in standard mode when the power is turned on s The printable area in the vertical direction (paper feed direction) has no limit s The printable area in the horizontal direction is defined for each printer model s Line spacing is adjusted depending on the size of a character or specified pattern, such as a bit-image or a bar code s Line spacing becomes larger for a line that has characters with different heights
ABCDEFGHIJ ABCD GHIJ
Line spacing set Adjusted line spacing for double-height characters (*) Line spacing set
EF
Note: Line spacing for the second line is larger than the first line by the amount indicated by (*).
Ver. 6.0 p. 22
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s The printer processes data in half dot pitch (only for printers that have the half dot pitch) s The functions that use the half-dot pitch, such as a double-density bit image or emphasized printing, are enabled s The beginning of a line is the first data for the line, before any other character or command data. In other words, the command should immediately follow a CR LF combination. s For functions that are enabled only at the beginning of the line, the commands should be at the beginning of the line s Executing the following commands puts the printer at the beginning of the line: Commands GS T Characteristics (Recommended command) s The printer does not execute anything if it is already at the beginning of the line. s If the printer is not at the beginning of the line, the command lets you specify whether to print data not printed yet or discard it. s A paper feed is executed even if the printer is at the beginning of the line. s If the printer is not at the beginning of the line, the printer prints data not printed yet. s The printer performs initialization regardless of the current position. s The printer is at the beginning of the line; however, the settings and data that have been defined are all cleared.
Print commands such as LF, CR, and ESC J ESC @
Note: If the printing position is specified as [printing position = 0] by print position commands (ESC $, ESC \), the printing position does not move to the beginning of the line. s Some commands cannot be used in the same line s For functions that include printing, such as a bit-image or the bar code, simultaneous printing with different data, including characters in the same line, cannot be performed
What is page mode?

Page mode executes batch printing with FF or ESC FF for all data stored in the print buffer after page mode is selected with ESC L. In this mode, print commands other than FF or ESC FF, such as LF, CR, or ESC J, only move the printing position and do not execute actual printing. Page mode is the print mode which prints data one page at a time.
Ver. 6.0 p. 23
CONFIDENTIAL
Characteristics of page mode
sss sss
more
s Page mode is used for processing special data s Basic processing procedure for page mode: 1. Select page mode with ESC L or FS L (standard mode is changed to page mode) 2. Set the position and size of the printing area with ESC W 3. Select the starting position and the direction for data development with ESC T 4. Store print data (such as characters or bit images) in the print buffer 5. Print all data in the print buffer collectively with ESC FF 6. Return to standard mode with ESC S (You can skip step 6 if you use FF instead of ESC FF in step 5.) s Copy printing is possible s Because printing with ESC FF leaves the data stored in the print buffer, executing ESC FF repeatedly repeats the same printing. It is also possible to print repeated data with changes in some parts s The flexible layout enables you to execute printing you cannot accomplish in standard mode s Ladder bar code printing is possible s Characters and bit images can be rotated (90 clockwise, 180 clockwise (upside down), or 90 counterclockwise) s Downloaded bit images or bar codes can be printed on the same line with characters at the same time s A character, a bit-image, and a bar code have a basic position for the data development, respectively (the line indicating the basic position for the data development is used just for explanation) Transmission data: A, specifies the quadruple character, B, ESC , cancels the quadruple character, C, GS k, D, GS /, EF, LF
Bit-image
Bar code
User-defined bit-image
EF
Development position
Note: Vertical spacing for NV bit images, raster bit images, and variable bit images is the same. s Data can be processed only in normal dot units in page mode set by ESC L (only for the printers that have half dot units s Functions that are printed in half dot units, such as double-density bit images and emphasized characters, cannot be used
Ver. 6.0 p. 24
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s The printer processes the line spacing set by commands regardless of the size of characters and specified pattern (bit images, bar codes, etc.) s If the line spacing set is not enough, characters are overlapped (the lines in the following example are used for explanation)
1111111111 ABCD GHI J
EF
Line spacing set Line spacing set
Receipt Issuing for a Cut Sheet

The example shows the printed receipt and the procedures and commands used with the TM-U925 for a preprinted cut sheet form.
Print Sample
RECEIPT
Name
EPSON
ROOM No. 1017 GUESTS 2 ARRIVAL MAR. 20, CHARGE 114.00 15.96 18.00 5.00 114.00 15.96 5.00 BALANCE DUE 114.00 129.96 147.96 152.96 266.96 282.92 287.92
TOTAL PAID CHANGE 287.92 300.00 12.08
Section A
DATE MAR. 20
MAR. 21
DESCRIPTION GUEST ROOM ROOM TAX ROOM SERVICE PARKING GUEST ROOM ROOM TAX PARKING
Section B
Section C
(The shaded area indicates a pre-printed form.)
Ver. 6.0 p. 25
CONFIDENTIAL
Receipt Issuing Procedures
Procedure 1. Set printer to the default settings Commands Used ESC @, ESC c 4, ESC c 1, ESC c 0 Description
sss sss
more
Execute initialization. Enable the slip sensor, which stops printing when the paper runs out. Select slip as the setting for paper type. * The SLIP LED blinks after the printer executes ESC c 0, which indicates the printer is in the slip insertion waiting status. Insert the slip paper. Set the printing position with ESC $ and ESC J and print EPSON using quadruple size in the unidirectional print direction. After selecting font B (7 9), print ROOM No. ~ ARRIVAL using normal size. Set the printing position with ESC $ and print item B. Set the printing position and print item C. Eject cut sheet. * The SLIP LED blinks when paper feed is completed, which indicates the printer is in the slip ejection waiting status. Remove the slip paper.
2. Print section A
ESC U, ESC !, ESC $, LF, ESC J ESC $, LF, ESC d ESC $, LF FF
3. Print section B 4. Print section C 5. Eject cut sheet
Ver. 6.0 p. 26
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; Initialize the printer PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c4";CHR$(48); Enable a sensor to stop printing due to a paper end PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(4); Select paper type for command settings (slip) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(4); Select paper type for printing (slip) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"J";CHR$(112); Set printing position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); Select unidirectional printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(48); Select character size (double-height double-width) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(60);CHR$(0) Set printing position PRINT #1, "EPSON";CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(68); Print and paper feed (68/144 inch) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(0); Cancel unidirectional printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(1); Select character size (normal) and font B (79) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(60);CHR$(0); Set printing position PRINT #1, "1017 2 MAR.20,1997 MAR.22,1997"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(108); Print and paper feed (108/144 inch) PRINT #1, "MAR. 20" PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"GUEST ROOM"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);"114.00"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"114.00";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"ROOM TAX"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);" 15.96"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"129.96";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"ROOM SERVICE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);" 18.00"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"147.96";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"PARKING"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);" 5.00"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"152.96";CHR$(&HA); (Continued to the next page)
sss sss
more
Set default
Print Section A
Print Section B
Ver. 6.0 p. 27
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, "MAR. 21" PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"GUEST ROOM"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);"114.00"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"266.960";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"ROOM TAX"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);" 15.96"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"282.92";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(135);CHR$(0);"PARKING"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(131);CHR$(1);" 5.00"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"287.92";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(13); Print and 13-line paper feed PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(113);CHR$(0);"TOTAL"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"287.92";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(113);CHR$(0);"PAID"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);"300.00";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(113);CHR$(0);"CHANGE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(28);CHR$(2);" 12.08";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HC); Eject paper END
sss sss
more
Print Section B
Print Section C
Ver. 6.0 p. 28
CONFIDENTIAL
Tips (paper roll/cut sheet)
sss sss
more
If a TM printer can print on both paper roll (receipt or journal) and cut sheet (slip or validation paper), the paper roll is selected as the paper type when the power is turned on. The printer prints on the paper roll after the print data and print commands are processed. In order to print on a cut sheet, first select slip or validation paper as the paper type with ESC c 0. Example for slip printing process: Enable the slip sensor (n = 48) with ESC c 4 n. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select slip paper as the paper type (n = 4) with ESC c 0 n. Insert the slip paper after confirming that the SLIP LED blinks (slip insertion wait status). Process the print data (characters and bit images, etc.) and print commands (printing on the slip paper). Eject the slip paper with FF. Remove the ejected slip paper.
s Steps 2 and 5 are user operations. s If you want to print on validation paper, select validation paper in step 1. s It is not necessary to follow step 1, but the print result will be different. s With step 1: When a paper-end occurs in step 4, the printer goes back to step 2. Insert a new slip. The printer prints the data that was not printed on the first slip. s Without step 1: The printer does not stop printing even if a paper-end occurs in step 4. The data is printed on the same line.
Ver. 6.0 p. 29
CONFIDENTIAL
Relationship between cut sheets and status: The status of cut sheet paper is as follows: Status (corresponding commands) Normal status ASB status Real-time status (GS r) (ESC v) (GS a) (DLE EOT) Slip Paper sensor status Third byte: Bits 5 and 6 Fourth byte: Bits 0 and 1 Slip status (n = 5) Validation
sss sss
more
Paper sensor status (n = 1, 49)/cut sheet status (n = 3, 51) Fourth byte: Bits 2, 3, 5, and 6 Validation status (n = 6)
Relationship between slip printing and ASB status: The host computer should process GS a when it checks the slip status using the ASB function. The relationship between the slip printing process and the ASB status is as follows: Third byte Process GS a n (n = 32) Paper insertion ESC c 0 n (n = 4) Start loading Paper loading completion Data printing FF (start ejection) Paper ejection completion indicates there is no change Transmission Processing Processing Processing No processing Processing No processing Processing Processing Paper detection Paper not present Paper present Paper not present Fourth byte Selection status Not selected Selected Not selected Print possibility Impossible to print Printing possible Printing not possible
Ver. 6.0 p. 30
CONFIDENTIAL
Processing the Data Received from the Printer
sss sss
more
This example shows procedures and programming samples for differentiating data transmitted from the printer. It is possible to know what type of data has been transmitted from the printer by the bit status. Data type Block data ASB status Ink ASB status Procedure to judge The first byte is 5FH The first byte is (0100) The first byte is 35H Remarks Data configuration is [Header(5FH)~NUL] [Header~NUL] is always successive 4-byte data is always successive 4-byte data is always successive
Program Example [Example A]

ASB-status: (14) (00) (60) (0F) Ink-ASB: (35) (40) (40) (00) Manufacturer: EPSON Print name: TM-J8000 Firmware version: 1.05 ESC/POS
[Example B]
ASB-status: (14) (00) (60) (0F) Ink-ASB: (35) (40) (40) (00) ASB-status: (5C) (02) (60) (0F) ASB-status: (14) (00) (60) (0F) Manufacturer: EPSON Print name: TM-J8000 Firmware version: 1.05 ESC/POS
Note: This example reads the firmware version; your printers firmware version may be different.
Ver. 6.0 p. 31
CONFIDENTIAL
Processing Procedures
Procedure 1 2 Action Initializing Waiting for key input Receiving printer information and printing Commands used ESC @ GS a, GS j None Description Initialize the printer. Set ASB status and ink ASB status to enabled.
sss sss
more
If you input a key before touching the printer controls, you will get [Example A]. If you input a key after pressing the PAPER FEED button once, you will get [Example B]. Request for transmission of printer information by GS I. Perform receiving processing using a sub routine <RECEIVE>. Print the printer information with a message. If an ASB status is received, its value is printed. If an ink ASB status is received, its value is printed.
GS I, LF
Paper cut
GS V
Paper is cut after the paper is fed to the autocutting position.
Ver. 6.0 p. 32
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; Initialize printer PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"a";CHR$(111) Set ASB status enabled PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"j"CHR$(3); Set ink ASB status enabled W&=INPUT$(1) Wait for input PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D); I;CHR$(66); ST$=: GOSUB *RECEIVE Receive processing PRINT #1, Manufacturer : ;ST$;CHR$(&HOA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D); I;CHR$(67); ST$=: GOSUB *RECEIVE Receive processing PRINT #1, Printer name : ;ST$;CHR$(&HOA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D); I;CHR$(65); ST$=: GOSUB *RECEIVE Receive processing PRINT #1, Firmware version : ;ST$;CHR$(&HOA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);V;CHR$(65);CHR$(0); END *RECEIVE; Start receiving data from printer Receive 1-byte data Paper cut
sss sss
more
Receive and print printer information
IF LOC(1)=0 THEN *RECEIVE 1$=INPUT$(1,#1) : DT=ASC(I$) 1F DT<>&H5F THEN *ASB *REC1: Judge data from printer
Receive printer information Receive 1-byte data Receive
IF LOC(1)=0 THEN *REC1 I$=INPUT$(1,#1) : DT=ASC(1$) RETURN *ASB: Receive and print ASB status Judge ASB status 1F DT<>&HO THEN ST$=ST$+I$: GOTO *REC1
IF (DT AND &H93)=&H10 THEN PRINT #1, ASB-status; ELSE PRINT #1, Ink-ASB; PRINT #1, : <;RIGHT$((00+HEX$(DT)),2)> ; FOR I=1 to 3 *ASB1: IF LOC(1)=0 THEN *ASB1 I$=INPUT$(1,#1) : DT=ASC(I$) Receive 1-byte PRINT #1, <;RIGHT$((00+HEX$(DT)),2);> ; NEXT I : PRINT #1, CHR$(&HOA);CHR$(&HOA); GOTO *RECEIVE
Ver. 6.0 p. 33
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
This program example divides transmitted data into three categories: block data (printer ID information sent with GS I), ASB status, and ink ASB status. The host differentiates information for the block data, ASB status, and ink ASB status in the following lines: 19th line: 23rd line: 26th line: Checking the header in block data (this checks the start of a series of data for GS I) Checking for a NUL in block data (this checks the end of a series of data for GS I) Checking whether there is ASB status or ink ASB status
Tips (identifying data transmissions)

The host computer should determine what information it receives from the TM printer and perform appropriate processing. There are three types of status transmitted from the printer to the host: Normal, real-time, and ASB status.
Status Types
Normal status s This 1-byte status message is transmitted when processing a command s It can be differentiated from other data using the bit information s It is sent when the printer processes GS r s GS r is processed when the printer is in online status s Paper sensor status (n = 1) is processed after the printer finishes its current processing. Therefore, not only the paper sensor status but also the data block can be checked s Example: In a program that gets status by transmitting GS r 1 following a print command, when the status is received, the information printing has been completed and no data in print buffer can be checked in addition to the paper sensor status Real-time status s This 1-byte status message is transmitted when the printer receives a command s It can be differentiated from other data using the bit information s It is transmitted when the printer receives a command in the command group DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, and DLE EOT BS s The command group DLE EOT can be processed whether the printer is offline (*) or online (*): When the printer is offline, transmitting this command continuously causes the receive buffer to fill. Therefore, be sure to transmit the command as infrequently as possible.
Ver. 6.0 p. 34
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
ASB status s A 4-byte status message is transmitted when opening/closing a cover or processing commands that relate to paper present/ not present status s It can be differentiated from other transmission data using the first bit of information s Before using the ASB status, the function should be enabled by GS a, GS ( E, or GS j s When the ASB function is selected, the ASB status is transmitted even when the host does not expect it to be transmitted s With a serial interface, the ASB status consists of sequential 4-byte data (*) (*): When XON/XOFF control is selected, an XOFF code may interrupt the data sequence s With a parallel interface, when ASB status is used, it is desirable for the host to be in a reverse idle state (*) (*): Because the host computer cannot always be in the reverse idle state, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch if there is ASB status. If the host is not in the Reverse Mode for a long time and the printer has to store ASB status caused by various status changes for transmission later, the following 2 sets (8 bytes) of ASB status are changed to special data and transmitted prior to other transmission data when the host enters Reverse Mode: ASB-1: Status information showing whether status changes occurred ASB-2: The latest ASB status information If bits have a different value between (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), this means at least one change has occurred. An example is shown below: The first byte ASB-1 ASB-2 0011 1000 0001 0000 The second byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 The third byte 0110 0011 0110 0011 The fourth byte 0000 1111 0000 1111
From (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), you can see that bits 5 and 3 of the first byte have been changed.
Information Types
There are three types of information messages transmitted from the printer to the host: 1-byte information, block data with an identifier, and other block data. 1-byte information s A 1-byte information message is transmitted when the printer processes a command s It can be differentiated from other transmission data by the bit information s It is transmitted when the printer processes GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 35
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Block data with an identifier s This is transmitted when the printer processes a command s The group is changeable data that starts with [header] and ends with [NUL (00H)] s It can be differentiated from other transmission data by the combination of a header and differentiation data s It is transmitted when the printer processes commands such as GS ( C and GS ( E s With a serial interface, [header] ~ [NUL] is successive Other block data s This is transmitted when the printer processes a command s The group is changeable data that starts with [header] and ends with [NUL (00H)] s It can be differentiated from other transmission data by the header s It is transmitted when the printer processes commands such as FS a 0, FS b, GS I, and GS g 2 s With a serial interface, [header] ~ [NUL] is successive (*) (*): When XON/XOFF control is selected, the XOFF code may interrupt the sequence of data.
Notification
s There is a power-off notification, which consists of 3 bytes: [header] + [notification] + [NUL] s The power-off notification can be differentiated from other transmission data using the combination of [header] and [notification] s The power-off notification for DLE DC4 indicates that the power-off process has finished s The power-off notification is transmitted when an unrecoverable error has occurred (*) (*): This notification might not be transmitted, depending on the printer status. s The power-off notification might be transmitted without the host knowing in advance s With a serial interface, [header] ~ [NUL] is successive (*) (*): When XON/XOFF control is selected, the XOFF code may interrupt the sequence of data. s With a parallel interface, it is desirable for the host to be in Reverse Mode (*) (*): If the host cannot be in the Reverse Mode for a long time, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch if there is a notification transmitted from the printer and receive it. Other data s With a serial interface, when XON/XOFF control is selected, interface control information, such as the XOFF code, is also transmitted without the host knowing in advance.
Ver. 6.0 p. 36
CONFIDENTIAL
Information on transmission data for command processing
Data type Normal status Real-time status ASB status Ink ASB status Extended ASB status 1-byte information Block data with an identifier NV user memory data NV user memory used NV user memory unused Key code list Change to user setting mode Customized value Other block data Notification of turning off the power XON code XOFF code Changeable Changeable Changeable Changeable 3 bytes Changeable Changeable 3 bytes 1 byte 1 byte The amount of Data 1 byte 1 byte 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 1 byte Identifier data Data (0**0 ****) Data (0**1 **10) The first byte is (0**1 **00) The first byte is (00110101) The first byte is (00111001) Data (0**0 ****) Header (00110111) Identifier data: (01110000) Identifier data: (00101000) Identifier data: (00101001) Identifier data: (01110001) Identifier data: (00100000) Identifier data: (00100111) Header (01011111) Header (00111011) Data (00010001) Data (00010011) Command GS r
sss sss
more
The group of DLE EOT commands GS a GS j FS ( e GS I
GS ( C <Function 2> GS ( C <Function 3> GS ( C <Function 4> GS ( C <Function 5> GS ( E <Function 1> GS ( E <Function 6> FS a 0, FS b, GS I, GS g 2 DLE DC4
Note: When XON/XOFF control is selected, XOFF may interrupt data transmission.
Ver. 6.0 p. 37
CONFIDENTIAL
Character code tables
sss sss
more
CHARACTER CODE TABLES

SP in a table represents space. See Using the character code tables for information on how to read these tables. Page 0 (PC437: U.S.A., Standard Europe) (International character set: U.S.A.)
Ver. 6.0 p. 38
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 1 (Katakana)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 39
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 2 (PC850: Multilingual)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 40
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 3 (PC860: Portuguese)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 41
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 4 (PC863: Canadian-French)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 42
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 5 (PC865: Nordic)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 43
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 6 (Hiragana) (Available on the Kanji model)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 44
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 7 (One-pass printing Kanji characters) (Available on the Kanji model)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 45
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 8 (One-pass printing Kanji characters) (Available on the Kanji model)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 46
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 16 (WPC1252)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 47
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 17 (PC866: Cyrillic #2)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 48
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 18 (PC862: Latin2)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 49
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 19 (PC858: Euro)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 50
CONFIDENTIAL
Page 20 (Thai Character Code 42)
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 51
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 52
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 53
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 54
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 55
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 56
CONFIDENTIAL
Ver. 6.0 p. 57
CONFIDENTIAL
Using the character code tables
USING THE CHARACTER CODE TABLES

The example below uses Page 0 (PC437) to illustrate the use of the character code tables. You can find the character "A" in Page 0 as follows: The decimal value for the character "A" is 65. Follow its column straight up to find the digits. Hexadecimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0100 These numbers are the most significant bits of the ASCII code. Follow its row to the left to find the digits. Hexadecimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0001 These numbers are the least significant bits of the ASCII code. The combination of the numbers above is the ASCII code for character "A". Decimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Hexadecimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01000001
Using the character code tables
Ver. 6.0 p. 58
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 supported commands
sss sss
more
TM-J8000 SUPPORTED COMMANDS

Command HT LF FF CR DLE EOT Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and carriage return Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission for ink Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Execute power-off sequence Print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
DLE EOT NUL EXECUTING COMMAND DLE EOT BEL EXECUTING COMMAND DLE ENQ DLE DC4 DLE DC4 ESC FF ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC %
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Ver. 6.0 p. 59
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC C ESC D ESC E ESC G ESC J ESC M ESC R ESC U Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
sss sss Function type
more
Name Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set cut sheet eject length Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Select character font Select an international character set Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off
CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 60
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d ESC f ESC p ESC t ESC { FS p FS q GS ! GS ( B Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Print NV bit image Define NV bit image Select character size Customize ASB-status bits
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 61
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS ( D GS GS / GS : GS B GS E GS H GS I GS L GS P GS Q 0 GS T GS V GS W GS ^ GS a Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Enable/disable real-time command Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Start/end macro definition Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Select head control method Select printing position of HRI characters Transmit printer ID Set left margin Set horizontal and vertical motion units Print variable vertical size bit image Set print position to the beginning of print line Select cut mode and cut paper Set printing area width Execute macro Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB)
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 62
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS f GS h GS j GS k GS r GS v 0 GS w Classification
SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Select font for HRI characters Set bar code height Enable/disable Ink Automatic Status Back (ASB) Print bar code Transmit status Print raster bit image Set bar code width
Function type
BAR CODE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS
Note 1) The printing result with ESC E or ESC G is the same, due to ink-jet printing characteristics; otherwise, ink on the double strike printing with ESC G may spread. Note 2) For GS P, the horizontal and vertical motion units are used to set the minimum pitch by software instead of by mechanical pitch. Using the horizontal and vertical motion units minimizes dependence on the mechanical pitch for setting (such as, the paper feed amount), and enables the printing position to be set in inches.
Ver. 6.0 p. 63
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II supported commands
sss sss
more
TM-H5000II SUPPORTED COMMANDS

Command HT LF FF FF CR CAN DLE EOT DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC FF ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Cancel print data in page mode Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 64
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC C ESC D ESC E ESC F ESC G ESC J ESC K ESC L ESC M Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set cut sheet eject length Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Select page mode Select character font
BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 65
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC R ESC S ESC T ESC U ESC V ESC W ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d ESC e ESC f ESC p Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Select an international character set Select standard mode Select print direction in page mode Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse
CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 66
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC q ESC t ESC { FS g 1 FS g 2 FS p FS q GS ! GS $ GS ( A GS GS / GS : GS B GS H GS I GS L Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Paper release Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Write to NV user memory Read from NV user memory Print NV bit image Define NV bit image Select character size Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Execute test print Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Start/end macro definition Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Select printing position of HRI characters Transmit printer ID Set left margin
MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 67
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS P GS V GS W GS \ GS ^ GS a GS b GS f GS g 0 GS g 2 GS h GS k GS r GS v 0 GS w Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Set horizontal and vertical motion units Select cut mode and cut paper Set printing area width Set relative vertical print position in page mode Execute macro Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Turn smoothing mode on/off Select font for HRI characters Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter Set bar code height Print bar code Transmit status Print raster bit image Set bar code width
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 68
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
The following commands are supported only by the printers with the optional Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) reader. (The MICR reader is a factory-installed option.) Command DLE EOT BS FS ( f FS a 0 FS a 1 FS a 2 FS b FS c Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
Name Real-time MICR status transmission Select MICR data handling Read check paper Load check paper to print starting position Eject check paper Request retransmission of check paper reading result MICR mechanism cleaning
Function type
MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS MICR COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 69
CONFIDENTIAL
The following commands are supported only by the Kanji supporting models. Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W Classification
SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters Select Kanji character mode Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters Cancel Kanji character mode Define user-defined Kanji characters Select Kanji character code system Set Kanji character spacing Turn quadruple-size mode on/off for Kanji characters
Function type
KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS KANJI COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 70
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 supported commands
sss sss
more
TM-U375 SUPPORTED COMMANDS

Command HT LF FF FF CR CAN DLE EOT DLE ENQ ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Cancel print data in page mode Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 71
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC C ESC D ESC E ESC G ESC J ESC L ESC R ESC T ESC U ESC V ESC W ESC \ ESC a Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set cut sheet eject length Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Select page mode Select an international character set Select print direction in page mode Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification
LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 72
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d ESC f ESC p ESC q ESC t ESC u ESC v ESC { FS L GS GS / GS E GS I Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Paper release Select character code table Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Select double-density page mode Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Select head control method Transmit printer ID
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 73
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS L GS P GS W GS a GS r Classification
SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Set left margin Set horizontal and vertical motion units Set printing area width Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Transmit status
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 74
CONFIDENTIAL
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 75
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D supported commands
sss sss
more
TM-U325D SUPPORTED COMMANDS

Command HT LF FF CR DLE EOT DLE ENQ ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and carriage return Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 76
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC D ESC E ESC G ESC J ESC K ESC M ESC R ESC U ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Classification
SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Select character font Select an international character set Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 77
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC c 5 ESC d ESC e ESC f ESC p ESC q ESC t ESC { GS ! GS I GS L GS V GS W GS a GS r Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
Name Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Paper release Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Select character size Transmit printer ID Set left margin Select cut mode and cut paper Set printing area width Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Transmit status
Function type
PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 78
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U300C/D supported
sss sss
more
TM-U300C/D SUPPORTED
Command HT LF CR ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC @ ESC D ESC E Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and carriage return Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Initialize printer Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 79
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC G ESC J ESC K ESC R ESC U ESC c 0 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d ESC e ESC f ESC p ESC r ESC t ESC u ESC v Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Select an international character set Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Select print color Select character code table Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status
CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 80
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC { GS E Classification
SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Select head control method
Function type
CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 81
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more

Command LF FF CR DLE EOT DLE ENQ ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Name Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and carriage return Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device
Function type
PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 82
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC ? ESC @ ESC C ESC E ESC G ESC J ESC K ESC R ESC U ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d ESC e Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set cut sheet eject length Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Select an international character set Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines
CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 83
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC f ESC i ESC m ESC o ESC p ESC t ESC u ESC v ESC { GS GS / GS E GS I GS P GS a GS r Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Set cut sheet wait time Partial cut (one point left uncut) Partial cut (three points left uncut) Stamp Generate pulse Select character code table Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Select head control method Transmit printer ID Set horizontal and vertical motion units Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Transmit status
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 84
CONFIDENTIAL
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 85
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 supported commands
sss sss
more
TM-H6000 SUPPORTED COMMANDS

Command HT LF FF FF CR CAN DLE EOT Classification
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Cancel print data in page mode Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Execute power-off sequence Clear buffer(s) Print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
DLE EOT NUL EXECUTING COMMAND DLE ENQ DLE DC4 DLE DC4 DLE DC4 ESC FF ESC SP
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Ver. 6.0 p. 86
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC D ESC E ESC F ESC G ESC J Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper
CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 87
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC K ESC L ESC M ESC R ESC S ESC T ESC U ESC V ESC W ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND

PRINT COMMANDS
more
Name Print and reverse feed Select page mode Select character font Select an international character set Select standard mode Select print direction in page mode Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS PANEL BUTTON COMMAND PRINT COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 88
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC e ESC f ESC p ESC q ESC t ESC { FS ( e FS L FS p FS q GS ( A GS ( B GS ( C GS ( D GS ( E GS ( G Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND

PRINT COMMANDS
more
Name Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Paper release Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions (extended status) Select double-density page mode Print NV bit image Define NV bit image Execute test print Customize ASB-status bits Edit NV user memory Enable/disable real-time command User setup commands Select cut sheet control function(s)
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 89
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS ( L GS ( M GS ! GS $ GS GS / GS : GS B GS E GS H GS I GS L GS P GS T GS V GS W GS \ Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Transmit NV bit-image memory size Customize printer control value(s) Select character size Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Start/end macro definition Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Select head control method Select printing position of HRI characters Transmit printer ID Set left margin Set horizontal and vertical motion units Set print position to the beginning of print line Select cut mode and cut paper Set printing area width Set relative vertical print position in page mode
BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 90
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS ^ GS a GS b GS f GS g 0 GS g 2 GS h GS k GS r GS v 0 GS w Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
more
Name Execute macro Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Turn smoothing mode on/off Select font for HRI characters Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter Set bar code height Print bar code Transmit status Print raster bit image Set bar code width
MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 91
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 92
CONFIDENTIAL
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 93
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more

Command HT LF FF FF CR CAN DLE EOT Classification
Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Cancel print data in page mode Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Execute power-off sequence Clear buffer(s) Print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing
Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
DLE EOT NUL EXECUTING COMMAND DLE ENQ DLE DC4 DLE DC4 DLE DC4 ESC FF ESC SP
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Ver. 6.0 p. 94
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC D ESC E ESC F ESC G ESC J Classification
SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject Turn double-strike mode on/off Print and feed paper
CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 95
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC K ESC L ESC M ESC R ESC S ESC T ESC U ESC V ESC W ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND

PRINT COMMANDS
more
Name Print and reverse feed Select page mode Select character font Select an international character set Select standard mode Select print direction in page mode Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines
Ver. 6.0 p. 96
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC e ESC f ESC p ESC q ESC t ESC { FS ( e FS L FS p FS q GS ! GS $ GS ( A GS ( B GS ( C GS ( D Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND

PRINT COMMANDS
more
Name Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Generate pulse Paper release Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions (extended status) Select double-density page mode Print NV bit image Define NV bit image Select character size Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Execute test print Customize ASB-status bits Edit NV user memory Enable/disable real-time command
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 97
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS ( E GS ( G GS ( L GS ( M GS GS / GS : GS B GS E GS I GS L GS P GS T GS W GS \ GS ^ Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND
more
Name User setup commands Select cut sheet control function(s) Transmit NV bit-image memory size Customize printer control value(s) Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Start/end macro definition Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Select head control method Transmit printer ID Set left margin Set horizontal and vertical motion units Set print position to the beginning of print line Set printing area width Set relative vertical print position in page mode Execute macro
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 98
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS a GS f GS g 0 GS g 2 GS r GS v 0 Classification
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND EXECUTING COMMAND

STATUS COMMANDS
more
Name Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Select font for HRI characters Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter Transmit status Print raster bit image
BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 99
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 100
CONFIDENTIAL
Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 101
CONFIDENTIAL
Commands in alphanumeric order
sss sss
more
COMMANDS IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER

In this table, click any name to see the command description with program examples and print samples. The print samples are images of the printing results of the program examples; they do not represent actual printing. Command HT LF FF FF CR CAN DLE EOT DLE EOT NUL DLE EOT BEL DLE ENQ DLE DC4 DLE DC4 DLE DC4 ESC FF Name Horizontal tab Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Cancel print data in page mode Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission for ink Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Execute power-off sequence Clear buffer(s) Print data in page mode Function type
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 102
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC SP ESC ! ESC $ ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC < ESC = ESC ? ESC @ ESC C ESC D ESC E ESC F ESC G Name Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Set absolute print position Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Select bit-image mode Turn underline mode on/off Select default line spacing Set line spacing Return home Select peripheral device Cancel user-defined characters Initialize printer Set cut sheet eject length Set horizontal tab positions Turn emphasized mode on/off Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject Turn double-strike mode on/off
more
CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS LINE SPACING COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 103
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC J ESC K ESC L ESC M ESC R ESC S ESC T ESC U ESC V ESC W ESC \ ESC a ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC c 3 ESC c 4 ESC c 5 ESC d Name Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Select page mode Select character font Select an international character set Select standard mode Select print direction in page mode Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Enable/disable panel buttons Print and feed n lines

PRINT COMMANDS PRINT COMMANDS
more
Ver. 6.0 p. 104
CONFIDENTIAL
Command ESC e ESC f ESC i ESC m ESC o ESC p ESC q ESC r ESC t ESC u ESC v ESC { FS ( e FS L FS g 1 FS g 2 FS p FS q Name Print and reverse feed n lines Set cut sheet wait time Partial cut (one point left uncut) Partial cut (three points left uncut) Stamp Generate pulse Paper release Select print color Select character code table Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions (extended status) Select double-density page mode Write to NV user memory Read from NV user memory Print NV bit image Define NV bit image

PRINT COMMANDS
more
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 105
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS ( A GS ( B GS ( C GS ( D GS ( E GS ( G GS ( L GS ( M GS ! GS $ GS GS / GS : GS B GS E GS H GS I GS L Name Execute test print Customize ASB-status bits Edit NV user memory Enable/disable real-time command User setup commands Select cut sheet control function(s) Transmit NV bit-image memory size Customize printer control value(s) Select character size Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Start/end macro definition Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Select head control method Select printing position of HRI characters Transmit printer ID Set left margin
more
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 106
CONFIDENTIAL
Command GS P GS Q 0 GS T GS V GS W GS \ GS ^ GS a GS b GS f GS g 0 GS g 2 GS h GS j GS k GS r GS v 0 GS w Name Set horizontal and vertical motion units Print variable vertical size bit image Set print position to the beginning of print line Select cut mode and cut paper Set printing area width Set relative vertical print position in page mode Execute macro Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Turn smoothing mode on/off Select font for HRI characters Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter Set bar code height Enable/disable Ink Automatic Status Back (ASB) Print bar code Transmit status Print raster bit image Set bar code width
more
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS PRINT POSITION COMMANDS MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS CHARACTER COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS STATUS COMMANDS BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS BAR CODE COMMANDS
Ver. 6.0 p. 107
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
The following commands are supported only by the printers with the optional Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) reader. (The MICR reader is a factory-installed option.) Command DLE EOT BS FS ( f FS a 0 FS a 1 FS a 2 FS b FS c Name Real-time MICR status transmission Select MICR data handling Read check paper Load check paper to print starting position Eject check paper Request retransmission of check paper reading result MICR mechanism cleaning Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 108
CONFIDENTIAL
The following commands are supported only by the Kanji supporting models. Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W Name Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters Select Kanji character mode Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters Cancel Kanji character mode Define user-defined Kanji characters Select Kanji character code system Set Kanji character spacing Turn quadruple-size mode on/off for Kanji characters Function type
Ver. 6.0 p. 109
CONFIDENTIAL
Command list
COMMAND LIST
s s Commands in alphanumeric order Commands arranged by function
Command list
Ver. 6.0 p. 110
CONFIDENTIAL
Commands arranged by function
COMMANDS ARRANGED BY FUNCTION

The print samples are images of the printing results of the program examples; they do not represent actual printing. In this table, click any item to see the command description with program examples and print samples. You can also use the bookmarks on the left side of the screen. Print commands Line spacing commands Character commands Printing paper commands Panel button command Paper sensor commands Print position commands Bit-image commands Status commands Bar code commands Macro function commands Mechanism control commands MICR commands Miscellaneous commands Kanji commands
Commands arranged by function
Ver. 6.0 p. 111
CONFIDENTIAL
Print commands
PRINT COMMANDS
Command LF FF FF CR ESC FF ESC J ESC K ESC d ESC e Name Print and line feed Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Print data in page mode Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines
Print commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 112
CONFIDENTIAL
LF
[Name] [Format] Print and line feed ASCII Hex Decimal None None LF 0A 10
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
[Range] [Default] [Description] [Notes]
[Printers not featuring this command]
None
Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds one line. s The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3). s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s When this command is processed in page mode, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing.
[Model-dependent variations]
TM-H6000
TM-U675 Print Sample

AAAAA BBBBB
Program Example for all printers

PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA);
Print commands
LF
Ver. 6.0 p. 113
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When the back of a slip is selected as the paper type, the line spacing is approximately 3.18 mm {1/8 inch}. When the slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of whether paper is in the print head position can be checked by the slip paper status of GS r r. TM-U675 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of whether paper is in the print head position can be checked by the slip paper status of GS r r.
Print commands
LF
Ver. 6.0 p. 114
CONFIDENTIAL
FF
[Name] [Format]
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode) ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U300C/D In standard mode, prints the data in the print buffer and ejects the cut sheet (slip paper or validation paper). s This command is enabled only when the cut sheet is selected as the paper type by ESC c 0. s This command is enabled only in standard mode. s The amount of paper fed is based on the value set using ESC C. s The cut sheet is ejected in the direction specified by ESC F. s After the cut sheet is ejected, the printer selects the paper roll as the paper type and the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s For the printer models that support the function of paper ejection waiting, when this command is processed, the printer is in the paper ejection waiting status and the SLIP LED blinks. In this case, after confirming the paper ejection, the printer performs the next operation. The cut sheet waiting status can be checked by normal ASB status after executing customizing. FF 0C 12
TM-H6000

AAAAA BBBBB Slip paper ejected

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(4); Select paper type PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HC);
Print commands
FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 115
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The status of no paper in the print head position can be checked by the slip paper status of GS r. There is an area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed. If the bottom edge of a paper is in this area, the printer feeds the paper forward regardless of a setting of ESC FF. Whether paper can or cannot be fed in the reverse direction can be checked by the slip status of GS r. The area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed: When an endorsement printer mechanism is installed: When the distance between the bottom of the slip and the BOF sensor is approximately 92 mm {523/144 inches} or more. When an endorsement printer mechanism is not installed: When the distance between the bottom of the slip and the BOF sensor is approximately 75 mm {425/144 inches} or more. TM-U675 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of whether paper is in the print head position can be checked by cut sheet status of GS r. There is an area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed. If the bottom edge of a slip is in this area, the printer feeds the paper forward regardless of a setting of ESC FF. The status of whether paper can be fed in the reverse direction can be checked by slip paper status of GS r. When the distance between the bottom of the slip and the BOF sensor is approximately 75 mm {425/144 inches} or more.
Print commands
FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 116
CONFIDENTIAL
FF
[Name] [Format]
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In page mode, prints the data in the print buffer collectively and returns to standard mode. s This command is enabled only in page mode. s The data is deleted in the printing area after being printed. s This command returns the values set by ESC W to the default values. s The value set by ESC T is maintained. s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. FF 0C 12
[Default] [Range] [Description] [Notes]
TM-H6000

AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(60);CHR$(0);CHR$(90);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HC); Batch print
Print commands
FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 117
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When the slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in the position, the printer waits for the paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of no paper in the print head position can be checked by cut sheet status of GS r. TM-U675 When the slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in the position, the printer waits for the paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of no paper in the print head position can be checked by cut sheet status of GS r.
Print commands
FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 118
CONFIDENTIAL
CR
[Name] [Format] Print and carriage return ASCII Hex Decimal None None CR 0D 13
Print commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
[Range] [Default] [Description]
[Printers not featuring this command] Print head
None When auto line feed is enabled When auto line feed is disabled This command is ignored Prints data in print buffer and does not feed the paper
Line thermal/shuttle head Executes printing and one line feed as LF Serial dot head Executes printing and one line feed as LF
[Notes]
s With a serial interface, auto line feed is disabled. s With a parallel interface, whether enabling or disabling the auto line feed can be selected by the DIP switch (Auto line feed). s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s When this command is processed in page mode, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing.
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675
TM-U300C/D
Print commands
CR
Ver. 6.0 p. 119
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example (Line thermal)
AAAAA PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HD); PRINT #1, " BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); AAAAA BBBBB BBBBB Auto line feed disabled
Print Sample (Line thermal)

Auto line feed enabled
Program Example (Serial dot head)

AAAAA PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HD); PRINT #1, " BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); BBBBB AAAAABBBBB
Print Sample (Serial dot head)

Auto line feed enabled Auto line feed disabled
TM-H5000II Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. CR functions in a different way depending on the paper type. A line thermal head is used for printing on a paper roll. A serial dot head is used for printing on a slip. Paper type When auto line feed is enabled Paper roll Slip When auto line feed is disabled
Executes printing and one line feed as LF This command is ignored Executes printing and one line feed as LF Prints the data in the print buffer and does not feed the paper
TM-U375 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head.
Print commands
CR
Ver. 6.0 p. 120
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head. TM-U325D This printer has only a serial dot head. Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. TM-U300C/D This printer has only a serial dot head. Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. TM-J8000 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head. TM-H6000 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. There is a line thermal head mounted on the paper roll section, a serial head mounted on the slip section (face) and a shuttle head mounted on the slip section (back); therefore, CR functions in a different way. Paper type Auto line feed enabled Paper roll Slip (face) Auto line feed disabled
Executes printing and one line feed as LF This command is ignored Executes printing and one line feed as LF Prints only data in the print buffer
Slip (back) Executes printing and one line feed as LF This command is ignored TM-U675 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head.
Print commands
CR
Ver. 6.0 p. 121
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC FF
[Name] [Format] Print data in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27 FF 0C 12
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000
In page mode, prints all buffered data in the printable area collectively. s This command is enabled only in page mode. s After printing, the printer does not clear the buffered data, the printing position, or values set by other commands. s The printer returns to standard mode with FF, ESC S, and ESC @. When it returns to standard mode by ESC @, all settings are canceled. s This command is used when the data in page mode is printed repeatedly.
TM-H6000

AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(120);CHR$(0);CHR$(170);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&H1B);CHR$(&HC); Batch print PRINT #1, CHR$(&HC); Batch print and return to standard mode AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC
Print commands
ESC FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 122
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of no paper in the print head position can be checked by cut sheet status of GS r. TM-U675 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The status of no paper in the print head position can be checked by cut sheet status of GS r.
Print commands
ESC FF
Ver. 6.0 p. 123
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC J
[Name] [Format] Print and feed paper ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 None ESC 1B 27 J 4A 74
Print commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
n n n
None
Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper n (vertical or horizontal motion unit). s The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the paper feed amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. s When standard mode is selected, the vertical motion unit is used. s When page mode is selected, the vertical or horizontal motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s When this command is processed in page mode, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing. s This command is used to temporarily feed a specific length without changing the line spacing set by other commands.
Print commands
ESC J
Ver. 6.0 p. 124
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(100); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HA); CCCCC DDDDD AAAAA BBBBB
Print Sample
ESC J used to print one line and advance the paper by 100/180 inch
TM-H5000II The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. . When paper roll is selected as the paper type in standard mode, if the paper feed amount specified is shorter than the maximum height of the character in the print buffer, paper is fed to the amount of the height of the character. Example: When a line with double-size characters vertically is printed by ESC J, if paper feed of 30 dots is specified (n = 30), paper is fed 48 dots. TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U925 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U325D The vertical motion unit is approximately 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}. This value equals a half dot pitch (the minimum movement amount).
Print commands
ESC J
Ver. 6.0 p. 125
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U300C/D The vertical motion unit is approximately 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}. This value equals a half dot pitch (the minimum movement amount). When only validation paper is selected as the paper type by ESC c 0, the printer only prints the data in the print buffer and does not feed the paper. TM-J8000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit for a paper roll and a slip (face) is specified by GS P. The vertical or horizontal motion unit for a slip (back) is approximately 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}. This is equivalent to the minimum mechanical pitch. When paper roll is selected as the paper type in standard mode, if the line spacing is less than the highest character in a line, paper is fed to the height of the character. Example: If you specify a line spacing as 30 dots to print a line which includes a double-size character vertically, the printer feeds paper for 48 dots. When slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward.
Print commands
ESC J
Ver. 6.0 p. 126
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC K
[Name] [Format] Print and reverse feed ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 K 4B 75
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
n n n
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U925, TM-U675: 0 n 255 TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D: 0 n 48 None TM-U375, TM-J8000 Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper n (vertical motion unit) in the reverse direction. s The maximum paper feed amount depends on the printer model. s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s This command is used to temporarily feed a specific length without changing the line spacing set by other commands. s When this command is processed in page mode, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing.
TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675
TM-U925
TM-U325D
TM-U300C/D

AAAAACCCCC BBBBB
Print Sample
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"K";CHR$(30); PRINT #1, " CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA);
ESC K used to print one line and then reverse feed the paper by 30/180 inch
Print commands
ESC K
Ver. 6.0 p. 127
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is ignored when paper roll is selected as the paper type with ESC c 0. The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the paper feed amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. TM-U925 This command must not be executed continuously more than two times. The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 4.23 mm {1/6 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 4.23 mm {1/6 inches}, the printer prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-U325D This command must not be executed continuously more than two times and must not be used when validation paper is selected. The vertical motion unit is approximately 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}. This value equals a half dot pitch (the minimum movement amount). In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-U300C/D This command must not be executed continuously more than two times and must not be used with the TM-U300C. The vertical motion unit is approximately 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}. This value equals a half dot pitch (the minimum movement amount). In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper.
Print commands
ESC K
Ver. 6.0 p. 128
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type, the printer processes this command. The vertical motion unit for the face of a slip is specified by GS P. When the back of the slip is selected as the paper type and print data is stored in the print buffer, the printer prints the data in the print buffer and feeds in the forward direction by the amount corresponding to the print data. On the back of the slip, the paper feed amount is set to [vertical motion unit = 0.176 mm {1/144 inches}]. The unit equals the minimum mechanical pitch. When slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. This command controls printing on the face or the back of the slip. When the face of the slip is selected, there is an area in which reverse feeding is not possible. See the diagram and table below. Area in which reverse feeding is not possible Equipped with endorsement printer Maximum distance between a and b Maximum distance between b and c 41 mm Not equipped with endorsement printer 58 mm Using paper more than 90 mm wide 84 mm
a: bottom of printing b: bottom of paper
92 mm
75 mm
c: position of BOF sensor
Print commands
ESC K
Ver. 6.0 p. 129
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the paper feed set exceeds the maximum paper feed amount, the printer feeds the paper for the maximum amount in the reverse direction. The vertical motion unit specified by GS P is used. When the paper roll is selected as the paper type, the printer processes the command as follows: In standard mode, the printer prints the data in the print buffer and does not feed paper. In page mode, only the printing position moves in the reverse direction. The command controls printing on slip paper. When slip paper is selected, there is an area in which reverse feeding is not possible. See the diagram and table below. Area in which reverse feeding is not possible Normal check paper Maximum distance between a and b Maximum distance between b and c 58 mm Using paper more than 90 mm wide 84 mm
a: bottom of printing b: bottom of paper
75 mm
c: position of BOF sensor
Print commands
ESC K
Ver. 6.0 p. 130
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC d
[Name] [Format] Print and feed n lines ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 None ESC 1B 27
Print commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
d 64 100
n n n
None
Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds n lines. s The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3). s The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the paper feed amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s When this command is processed in page mode, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing. s This command is used to temporarily feed a specific line without changing the line spacing set by other commands.
Print commands
ESC d
Ver. 6.0 p. 131
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-U300C/D TM-H6000 TM-U675 Print Sample
AAAAA BBBBB

PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(6); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA);
ESC d used to print one line and advance the paper by six lines CCCCC
TM-U300C/D When only validation paper is selected as the paper type by ESC c 0, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-H6000 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. TM-U675 When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward.
Print commands
ESC d
Ver. 6.0 p. 132
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC e
[Name] [Format]
Print commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
Print and reverse feed n lines ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 e 65 101
n n n
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U925, TM-U675: 0 n 255 TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D: 0 n 2 None TM-U375, TM-J8000 Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds n lines in the reverse direction. s The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3). s The maximum paper feed amount depends on the printer model. s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. s This command is used to temporarily feed a specific line without changing the line spacing set by other commands. s In page mode, the print position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing.
TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675
TM-U925
TM-U325D
TM-U300C/D

AAAAACCCCC BBBBB
Print Sample
PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"e";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, " CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA);
Paper reverse fed one line after printing the line of Bs
Print commands
ESC e
Ver. 6.0 p. 133
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is ignored when paper roll is selected as the paper type by ESC c 0. The maximum reverse paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the paper feed amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. TM-U925 This command must not be executed continuously more than two times. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 4.23 mm {1/6 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 4.23 mm {1/6 inches}, the printer prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-U325D This command must not be executed continuously more than two times and must not be used when validation paper is selected. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 8.467 mm {48/144 inches} inches. If the specified amount exceeds 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-U300C/D This command must not be executed continuously more than two times and must not be used with the TM-U300C. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 8.467 mm {48/144 inches}, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper.
Print commands
ESC e
Ver. 6.0 p. 134
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type, the printer processes this command. When the back of the slip is selected, the paper feed amount is set to [n approximately 3.175 mm {1/8 inches}]. When slip (back) is selected as the paper type and print data is stored in the print buffer, the printer prints the data in the print buffer and feeds in the forward direction by the height corresponding to the print data. When slip (face or back) is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward. When the face of the slip is selected, there is an area where the printer only executes printing and cannot feed the paper in the reverse direction: When an endorsement printer mechanism is installed: The area between the printer feeds paper in the forward direction, exceeding the area by approximately 92 mm {523/144 inches} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end and no paper in the print head. When an endorsement printer mechanism is not installed: The area between the printer feeds paper in the forward direction, exceeding the area by approximately 75 mm {425/144 inches} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end and no paper in the print head.
Print commands
ESC e
Ver. 6.0 p. 135
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the paper feed set exceeds the maximum paper feed amount, the printer feeds the paper for the maximum amount in the reverse direction. When paper roll is selected as the paper type, the printer performs as follows: In standard mode, the printer prints the data in the print buffer and does not feed the paper. In page mode, the print position moves in the reverse direction.
When slip is selected, there is an area where the printer only executes printing and cannot feed the paper in the reverse direction: The area between the printer feeds paper in the forward direction, exceeding the area by approximately 75 mm {425/144 inches} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end and no paper in the print head.
When slip is selected as the paper type but no paper is in position, the printer waits for paper insertion after the current paper is ejected (including the slip removal waiting state) and performs this command. The paper ejection direction is set to forward.
Print commands
ESC e
Ver. 6.0 p. 136
CONFIDENTIAL
Line spacing commands
LINE SPACING COMMANDS

Command ESC 2 ESC 3 ESC C Name Select default line spacing Set line spacing Set cut sheet eject length
Ver. 6.0 p. 137
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC 2
[Name] [Format]
SETTING COMMAND
Select default line spacing ASCII Hex Decimal None None None Sets the line spacing to 4.23 mm {1/6 inches}. s This command specifies the line spacing for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The line spacing can be set independently for paper roll, slip, and validation paper. s The line spacing can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode. TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D ESC 1B 27 2 32 50
See program example and print sample for ESC 2 and ESC 3.
ESC 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 138
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 30 dots for the paper roll and 12 dots for slip. TM-U375 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 12 dots. TM-U925 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 12 dots. TM-U325D 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 12 dots. TM-U300C/D 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 12 dots. TM-J8000 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 60 dots. TM-H6000 The default line spacing is 30 dots for a 2-paper roll and 12 dots for slip. Line spacing set for slip affects line spacing for the face of the slip. TM-U675 4.23 mm {1/6 inches} is equivalent to 12 dots.
ESC 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 139
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC 3
[Name] [Format] Set line spacing ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 3 33 51
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
[Range] [Default]
For the paper roll: n = 60 For the slip paper: n = 24 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-U675: n = 24, TM-J8000: n = 60 TM-H5000II, TM-H6000: None Sets the line spacing to n (vertical or horizontal motion unit). s When standard mode is selected, the vertical motion unit is used. s When page mode is selected, the vertical or horizontal motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. s This command specifies the line spacing for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The line spacing can be set independently for paper roll, slip, and validation paper. s The line spacing can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode.
[Printers not featuring this command] [Description] [Notes]
TM-U300C/D
See program example and print sample for ESC 2 and ESC 3.
ESC 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 140
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for ESC 2 and ESC 3 n
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(1); Select paper type PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(1); Select paper type for commands PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); FOR n=25 TO 50 STEP 5 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(n); Set line spacing PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); NEXT n PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"2"; Set the default PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC
Print Sample
25/180-inch line spacing 30/180-inch line spacing 35/180-inch line spacing 40/180-inch line spacing 45/180-inch line spacing 50/180-inch line spacing 1/6-inch line spacing
TM-H5000II The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. If the line spacing specified is less than the maximum height of the characters in a line, paper is fed for the height of the characters in standard mode. Example: TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U925 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. When the line spacing is 30 dots, paper is fed 30 dots with a font A (normal size). When the line spacing is 30 dots, paper is fed 48 dots with a double size font A vertically.
ESC 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 141
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D The vertical motion unit is 0.176 mm {1/144 inches} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. TM-U300C/D The vertical motion unit is 0.176 mm {1/144 inches} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. TM-J8000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. The line spacing set for a slip affects the paper feed for the face of the slip. When standard mode is selected, if the line spacing set is less than the highest character in a line, paper is fed to the height of the character. Example: When a line spacing of 30 dots is specified, the printer feeds paper 30 dots to print a normal size font A and 48 dots to print a double size vertically for font A. TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode.
ESC 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 142
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC C
[Name] [Format] Set cut sheet eject length ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 C 43 67
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
n=0
TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-H6000, TM-U675 Sets the eject length for a cut sheet (slip or validation paper) to n lines. When n = 0, the eject length setting is canceled. s When n = 0, eject operation differs, depending on the printer model. s This command specifies the line spacing for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The eject length can be set independently for slip and validation paper. s The eject length set by this command is effective only when the cut sheet is selected as the paper type and affects ejection. s The cut sheet eject direction is specified by ESC F. s The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing commands (ESC 2 or ESC 3).
TM-H5000II
TM-U375
TM-U925
TM-J8000 Print Sample

AAAAA BBBBB Eject length set to 8 lines using ESC C

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(4); Select paper type PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(4); Select paper type for commands PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"C";CHR$(8); Set eject length PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HC);
ESC C
Ver. 6.0 p. 143
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The maximum eject length is 450 mm {17.72 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 450 mm {17.72 inches}, the eject length is automatically set to 450 mm {17.72 inches}. When n=0, the printer continues paper feed until the printer gets to the position where the slip paper can be ejected. Selecting paper type by ESC c 1 is unnecessary because this printer has only a slip as the cut sheet. TM-U375 The maximum eject length is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the eject length amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. When n = 0, the printer continues paper feed until the cut sheet is ejected completely. The eject length can be set independently for slip and validation paper selected by ESC c 1. TM-U925 The maximum eject length is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the eject length amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. When n = 0, the printer continues paper feed until the cut sheet is ejected completely. Selecting paper type by ESC c 1 is unnecessary because this printer has only a slip as the cut sheet. TM-J8000 The maximum eject length is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the eject length amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}. When n = 0, the printer continues paper feed until the cut sheet is ejected completely. Selecting paper type by ESC c 1 is unnecessary because this printer has only a slip as the cut sheet.
ESC C
Ver. 6.0 p. 144
CONFIDENTIAL
Character commands
CHARACTER COMMANDS
Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC r ESC t ESC { GS ! GS B GS b Name Cancel print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Turn underline mode on/off Cancel user-defined characters Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Select character font Select an international character set Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off Select print color Select character code table Turn upside-down printing mode on/off Select character size Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off Turn smoothing mode on/off
Character commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 145
CONFIDENTIAL
CAN
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
Cancel print data in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In page mode, deletes all the print data for the current printing area. s This command is enabled only in page mode s If data set in the previously specified printing area is set in the currently specified printing area, it is deleted. CAN 18 24
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000 Print Sample

AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(240);CHR$(0);CHR$(44);CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction FOR i=1 TO 200 : PRINT #1, "A"; : NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(60);CHR$(0);CHR$(90); CHR$(0);CHR$(60);CHR$(0);CHR$(120);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H18); Cancel print data PRINT #1, CHR$(&HC); Batch print and return to standard mode
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when paper roll is selected as the paper type. TM-H6000 Page mode is selected only when paper roll or slip (face) is selected as the paper type.
Character commands
CAN
Ver. 6.0 p. 146
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC SP
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Set right-side character spacing ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 SP 20 32
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D: 0 n 255, TM-U300C/D: 0 n 32
[Default] [Description] [Notes]
n=0
None Sets the right-side character spacing to n (horizontal or vertical motion unit). s The right-side character spacing set by this command is effective for all characters (except for HRI characters). s When characters are enlarged, the right-side character spacing is n times normal value. The right-side character spacing for double-width mode is twice the normal value. s When standard mode is selected, the horizontal motion unit is used. s When page mode is selected, the vertical or horizontal motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. s The right-side character spacing can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode. s It is used to change the spacing between characters.
TM-U300C/D
Character commands
ESC SP
Ver. 6.0 p. 147
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);" ";CHR$(0); Character spacing set to 0 PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);" ";CHR$(6); Character spacing set to 6 PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);" ";CHR$(12); Character spacing set to 12 PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA 0-inch character spacing BB BBB 6/180-inch character spacing C C C C C 12/180-inch character spacing
Print Sample
Character commands
ESC SP
Ver. 6.0 p. 148
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U925 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. This command does not use the vertical motion unit because this printer does not support Page mode. TM-U325D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the vertical motion unit because the printer does not support Page mode. TM-U300C/D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the vertical motion unit because the printer does not support Page mode. TM-J8000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit for a paper roll and the face of a slip is specified by GS P. The vertical or horizontal motion unit for the back of a slip is 0.2 mm (1/127 inch). This is equivalent to 1 dot (minimum mechanical pitch). TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
Character commands
ESC SP
Ver. 6.0 p. 149
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC !
[Name] [Format] Select print mode(s) ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 ! 21 33
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
[Range] [Default]
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000: n = 0; TM-U925: n = 0 or 1; TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-U675: n = 1 None Selects or cancels character font and emphasized mode collectively as follows: Bit 0 1, 2 3 4 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Hex 00 01 00 00 08 00 10 00 20 00 00 80 Decimal 0 1 0 0 8 0 16 0 32 0 0 128 Function Character font A selected. Character font B selected. Reserved. Emphasized mode not selected. Emphasized mode selected. Double-height mode not selected. Double-height mode selected. Double-width mode not selected. Double-width mode selected. Reserved. Underline mode not selected. Underline mode selected.
[Printers not featuring this command] [Description]
... how to use this table
Character commands
ESC !
Ver. 6.0 p. 150
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s Functions for each bit can also be executed by the following commands: Bit 0 (character font): ESC M Bit 3 (emphasized mode): ESC E Bit 4, 5 (character size): GS ! Bit 7 (underline mode): ESC s Configurations of font A and font B are different, depending on the printer model.
sss sss
more
s The print modes set by this command are effective for all characters (except HRI characters). s When some characters in a line are double-height, all characters on the line are aligned at the baseline. s When double-width mode is turned on, the characters are enlarged to the right, based on the left side of the character. s When both double-height and double-width modes are turned on, quadruple size characters are printed. s In standard mode, the character is enlarged in the paper feed direction when double-height mode is selected, and it is enlarged perpendicular to the paper feed direction when double-width mode is selected. However, when character orientation changes in 90 clockwise-rotated mode, the relationship between double-height and double-width is reversed. s In page mode, double-height and double-width are in the character orientation. s The underline thickness is that specified by ESC , regardless of the character size. s When underline mode is turned on, 90 clockwise-rotated characters and white/black reverse characters cannot be underlined. s The printer cannot underline the space set by HT, ESC $, and ESC \. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D
Character commands
ESC !
Ver. 6.0 p. 151
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(0); "AA"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(8); "BB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(16); "CC"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(24); "DD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(32); "EE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(40); "FF"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(48); "GG"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(56); "HH"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(129); "AA"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(137); "BB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(145); "CC"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(153); "DD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(161); "EE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(169); "FF"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(177); "GG"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(185); "HH"; CHR$(&HA); AA: Normal BB: Emphasized CC: Double-height DD: Emphasized + Double-height EE: Double-width FF: Emphasized + Double-width GG: Double-height + Double-width HH: Emphasized + Double-height + Double-width
Print Sample
Font A Font B with underline
Character commands
ESC !
Ver. 6.0 p. 152
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Character configurations Bit 0: TM-U375 Character configurations Bit 0: Font A: 5 9 Font B: 7 9 Font A: 12 24 (paper roll), 9 9 (slip) Font B: 9 17 (paper roll), 7 9 (slip)
The character font B (7 9) and emphasized mode are not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated and this flag is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode. TM-U925 Character configurations Bit 0: TM-U325D Character configurations Bit 0: TM-U300C/D Character configurations Bit 0: Font A: 9 9 Font B: 7 9 Font A: 9 9 Font B: 7 9 Font A: 9 9 Font B: 7 9
Character commands
ESC !
Ver. 6.0 p. 153
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Character configurations Font A: 22 48 Font B: 18 36 TM-H6000 Character configurations Font A: Paper roll: 12 24 Slip (face): 5 9 Font B: Paper roll: 9 17 Slip (face): 7 9 In page mode, selecting font B (7 9) and emphasized printing do not affect the face of a slip. This command does not affect printing on the back of a slip. TM-U675 Character configurations Bit 0: Font A: 5 9 Font B: 7 9
The character font B (7 9) and emphasized mode are not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated and this flag is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode.
Character commands
ESC !
Ver. 6.0 p. 154
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC %
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Select/cancel user-defined character set ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 % 25 37
n n n
n=0
None Selects or cancels the user-defined character set. When the LSB of n is 0, the user-defined character set is canceled. When the LSB of n is 1, the user-defined character set is selected. s When the user-defined character set is canceled, the resident character set is automatically selected. TM-H6000
[Note]
See program example and print sample for ESC %, ESC &, and ESC ?. TM-H6000 The resident characters are always specified for slip (back) printing.
Character commands
ESC %
Ver. 6.0 p. 155
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC &
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Define user-defined characters ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 & 26 38
y c1 c2 [x1 d1 ... d(y x1)] ... [xk d1 ... d(y xk)] y c1 c2 [x1 d1 ... d(y x1)] ... [xk d1 ... d(y xk)] y c1 c2 [x1 d1 ... d(y x1)] ... [xk d1 ... d(y xk)]
For the paper roll: y=3 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 12 (Font A (12 24)) 0 x 9 (Font B (9 17)) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 For the slip paper: y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 12 (Font A (9 9)) 0 x 9 (Font B (7 9)) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1
[Range]
TM-H5000II:
TM-J8000:
y = 6 (Font A (22 48)) y = 5 (Font B (18 36)) 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 22 (Font A (22 48)) 0 x 18 (Font B (18 36)) 0 d 255 k = c2 -c1 + 1
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 156
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000: For the paper roll: y=3 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 12 (Font A) 0 x 9 (Font B ) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 For the slip paper: y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 6 (Font A) 0 x 9 (Font B) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is Off or [SW2-4] is On and [SW2-3] is On: y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 6 (Font A) 0 x 9 (Font B ) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is On and [SW2-3] is Off: y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 6 (Font A) 0 x 10 (Font B) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1
sss sss
more
TM-U675:
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 157
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375:
sss sss
more
y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 6 (Font A (5 9)) 0 x 10 (Font B (7 9)) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 12 (Font A (9 9)) 0 x 9 (Font B (7 9)) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1 y=2 32 c1 c2 126 0 x 12 (Font A (9 9)) 0 x 10 (Font B (7 9)) 0 d 255 k = c2c1+1
TM-U925:
TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D:
[Default] [Description]
None None Defines user-defined characters from character code check c1 to c2. y specifies the number of bytes in the vertical direction. x specifies the number of dots in the horizontal direction. d is the dot data for the user-defined characters. s Character codes from the alphanumeric characters (20H (decimal 32) to 7EH (decimal 126)) can be defined. s Data (d) specifies a bit printed as 1 and not printed as 0. The dot pattern is in the horizontal direction from the left side. Any remaining dots on the right side are blank. s The data to define a user-defined character is (y x) bytes. s This command can define user-defined characters for each font independently. To select a font, use ESC ! or ESC M.
[Notes]
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 158
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s A user-defined character and downloaded bit image cannot be defined simultaneously. When this command is executed, the downloaded bit image is cleared. s Once the user-defined characters have been defined, they are available until ESC ?, GS , or ESC @, is executed. The user-defined characters are lost when the power is turned off or the printer is reset. s The user-defined characters are not defined in the default settings, and the resident characters are printed. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D
See program example and print sample for ESC %, ESC &, and ESC ?. TM-H5000II This command defines the pattern for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The user-defined characters can be defined independently for paper roll and slip paper. If slip paper is selected, dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction. TM-U375 If font B (7 9) is selected, dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction. TM-U925 Dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction. The maximum number of user-defined characters differs, depending on the receive buffer capacity as described below. When the maximum number of user-defined characters is defined, it is possible to redefine user-defined characters for the defined ASCII code, but not for the new ASCII code. Receive buffer capacity 2 KB 32 bytes Maximum number of user-defined characters 23 71
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 159
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D Dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction. The maximum number of user-defined characters differs, depending on the receive buffer capacity as described below. When the maximum number of user-defined characters is defined, it is possible to redefine user-defined characters for the defined ASCII code, but not for the new ASCII code. Receive buffer capacity 4 KB 45 bytes TM-U300C/D Dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction. The maximum number of user-defined characters differs, depending on the receive buffer capacity as described below. When the maximum number of user-defined characters is defined, it is possible to redefine user-defined characters for the defined ASCII code, but not for the new ASCII code. Receive buffer capacity 512 bytes 40 bytes 0 bytes TM-J8000 In the fifth byte, only 4 bits of the MSB are available when defining user-defined characters with font B. Maximum number of user-defined characters 4 20 22 Maximum number of user-defined characters 20 95
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 160
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The command defines a pattern of user-defined characters for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. If slip is selected as the paper type, user-defined characters for the face of a slip are defined. The user-defined patterns can be selected both for the paper roll and the face of a slip. For user-defined characters for a paper roll using font B, only the most significant bit of the third byte vertically is available. For user-defined characters for a slip, only the most significant bit of the second byte vertically is available. When using font B, adjacent dots horizontally cannot be used as print data. TM-U675 If font B (7 9) is selected, the dots adjoining each other horizontally cannot be printed. Only the MSB can be printed in the second byte in the vertical direction.
Character commands
ESC &
Ver. 6.0 p. 161
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Turn underline mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 2D 45
n n n
TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-H6000, TM-U675: 0 n 2, 48 n 50 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D: n = 0, 1, 48, 49
n=0
None Turns underline mode on or off using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 [Notes]
Function Turns off underline mode Turns on underline mode (1 dot thick) Turns on underline mode (2 dots thick)
s The underline mode is effective for all characters (except HRI characters). s When underline mode is turned on, 90 clockwise rotated characters and white/black reverse characters cannot be underlined. s The printer cannot underline the space set by HT, ESC $, and ESC \. s Changing the character size does not affect the current underline thickness. s When underline mode is turned off, the following data is not underlined, but the thickness is maintained. s This command and bit 7 of ESC ! turn on and off underline mode in the same way. s Some printer models support the 2-dot thick underline (n = 2 or 5).
TM-H5000II
TM-J8000
TM-H6000
TM-U675
Character commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 162
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA BBBBB
Print Sample
Underline (1-dot thick) turned on Underline turned off
TM-H5000II If the slip is selected as the paper type set by ESC c 0, the underline is 1 dot wide when n = 2 or 50. TM-J8000 When n = 1, 2, 49, 50 the underline is 2 dots wide. TM-H6000 When an underline with a 2-dot width is selected (n = 2 or n = 50), it affects the underline width for printing on the face of a slip. When the underline is selected for printing on the back of a slip, the underline is not affected. TM-U675 When n = 1, 2, 49, or 50, an underline with 1-dot width is selected.
Character commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 163
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC ?
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Cancel user-defined characters ASCII Hex Decimal 32 n 126 None TM-U300C/D Cancels the user-defined characters defined for the character code n. s After the user-defined characters are canceled, the resident character set is printed. s This command can cancel user-defined characters for each font independently. To select a font, use ESC ! or ESC M. ESC 1B 27 ? 3F 63
n n n
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000
Character commands
ESC ?
Ver. 6.0 p. 164
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for ESC %, ESC &, and ESC ?
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"&";CHR$(2);"AC"; PRINT #1, CHR$(9); FOR i=1 TO 2*9 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(9); FOR i=1 TO 2*9 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(10); FOR i=1 TO 2*10 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"%";CHR$(0); Select resident character PRINT #1, "A B C D E"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"%";CHR$(1); Select user-defined character PRINT #1, "A B C D E"; CHR$(&HA): PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"?";"A"; Cancel the user-defined character PRINT #1, "A B C D E"; CHR$(&HA); A B C D E

DATA &H18,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H3C,&H00,&H00,&H00 DATA &H7E,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H3C,&H00,&H00,&H00 DATA &H18,&H00 DATA &H18,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H24,&H00,&H00,&H00 DATA &H42,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H24,&H00,&H00,&H00
Defines the user-defined characters as "A","B",and "C"
DATA &H18,&H00 DATA &H00,&H00,&H10,&H00,&H20,&H00,&H5F,&H00 DATA &H00,&H00,&H81,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H5F,&H00 DATA &H20,&H00,&H10,&H00
Print Sample
Characters from resident character set
o ! D E Characters from user-defined character set A ! D E Characters from user-defined character set (cancel one character)
TM-H5000II This command cancels the pattern defined for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The user-defined characters can be defined independently for paper roll and slip paper. TM-H6000 This command cancels the pattern defined for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The user-defined characters can be defined independently for paper roll and slip paper.
Character commands
ESC ?
Ver. 6.0 p. 165
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC E
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn emphasized mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 E 45 69
n n n
n=0
None Turns emphasized mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, emphasized mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, emphasized mode is turned on. s The emphasized mode is effective for all characters (except for HRI characters). s This command and bit 3 of ESC ! turn on and off emphasized mode in the same way. TM-U375 TM-H6000 TM-U675
[Notes]

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"E";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"E";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA Emphasized BBBBB Normal
Print Sample
Character commands
ESC E
Ver. 6.0 p. 166
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 Emphasized mode is not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated, and emphasized mode is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode. TM-H6000 Specifying emphasized mode does not affect printing on the face of a slip in page mode or printing on the back of a slip. TM-U675 Emphasized mode is not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated, and emphasized mode is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode.
Character commands
ESC E
Ver. 6.0 p. 167
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC G
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn double-strike mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 G 47 71
n n n
n=0
None Turns double-strike mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, double-strike mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, double-strike mode is turned on. s The double-strike mode is effective for all characters (except for HRI characters). TM-U375 TM-H6000 TM-U675
[Note]

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"G";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"G";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA Double-strike BBBBB Normal
Print Sample
Character commands
ESC G
Ver. 6.0 p. 168
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 Double-strike mode is not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated, and double-strike mode is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode. TM-H6000 Specifying double-strike mode does not affect printing on the face of a slip in page mode or printing on the back of a slip. TM-U675 Double-strike mode is not effective in page mode. If this command is processed in page mode, an internal flag is activated, and emphasized mode is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode.
Character commands
ESC G
Ver. 6.0 p. 169
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC M
[Name] [Format] Select character font ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 M 4D 77
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
n = 0, 1, 48, 49
TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-H6000: n = 0; TM-U325D, TM-U675: n = 1 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D Selects a character font, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Font Font A Font B
s Configurations of font A and font B depend on the printer model. s This command and bit 0 of ESC ! select character font A or B in the same way. The last setting is effective. TM-H5000II TM-U325D TM-U675 TM-J8000 TM-H6000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"M";CHR$(0); Select font A PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"M";CHR$(1); Select font B PRINT #1,"BBBBB";CHR$(&HA);
Print Sample
AAAAA Font A
BBBBB
Font B
Character commands
ESC M
Ver. 6.0 p. 170
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Character configurations Font A: (paper roll: 12 24 / slip: 9 9) Font B: (paper roll: 9 17 / slip: 7 9) TM-U325D Character configurations Font A: 9 9 Font B: 7 9 TM-J8000 Character configurations Font A: 22 48 Font B: 18 36 TM-H6000 Character configurations Font A: 22 48 Font B: 18 36 TM-U675 Character configurations Font A: 5 9 Font B: 7 9
Character commands
ESC M
Ver. 6.0 p. 171
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC R
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select an international character set ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 R 52 82
n n n
0 n 10 TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-H5000II: 0 n 13
n=0
None Selects an international character set n as follows:
Character commands
ESC R
Ver. 6.0 p. 172
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] None Print Sample
# # $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ @ @ @ @ @ @ [ [ [ \ \ \ ] ] ] ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ` ` ` ` ` ` ` { { { } } } } ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

FOR n=0 TO 10 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"R";CHR$(n); PRINT #1, "# $ @ [ \ ] ^ ` { } NEXT n
~";
n=0 (Default setting) n=1 n=2 n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10
CHR$(&HA);
# # # #
Pt
# # #
Character commands
ESC R
Ver. 6.0 p. 173
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC V
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Turn 90 clockwise rotation mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 V 56 86
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-U375: 0 n 2, 48 n 50 TM-H6000, TM-U675: 0 n 1, 48 n 50
n=0
TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In standard mode, turns 90 clockwise rotation mode on or off, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 48 2, 50 [Notes]
Function Turns off 90 clockwise rotation mode. Turns on 90 clockwise rotation mode (1-dot character spacing). Turns on 90 clockwise rotation mode (1.5-dot character spacing).
s The 90 clockwise rotation mode is effective for all characters (except for HRI characters) in standard mode. s When underline mode is turned on, the printer does not underline 90 clockwise-rotated characters. s When character orientation changes in 90 clockwise rotation mode, the relationship between vertical and horizontal directions is reversed. s The 90 clockwise rotation mode has no effect in page mode. s Some printer models support 90 clockwise rotation mode when n = 2 or 50. s Not all printers can rotate the fonts.
TM-H5000II
TM-U375
TM-H6000
TM-U675
Character commands
ESC V
Ver. 6.0 p. 174
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(1); Select paper type PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(1); Select paper type for commands ABC ABC ABC ABC ABC ABC PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);" ";CHR$(20); Set character spacing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(15); Set line spacing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"V";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"2"; Set line spacing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"V";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); Character spacing Line spacing Line spacing ESC V 1 Character spacing
Print Sample
A AAAAA B BBBBB C CCCCC
ESC V 0
TM-H5000II The 90 clockwise rotation mode affects printing on the paper roll in standard mode. If this command is processed when slip is selected as the paper type, an internal flag is activated and this flag is enabled when the paper roll is selected. TM-U375 The 90 clockwise rotation mode is not effective for font B (7 9). TM-H6000 Specifying 90 clockwise rotation mode does not affect printing on the face of a slip with font B or printing on the back of a slip. When specifying 90 clockwise rotation mode for a paper roll, the print results of (n = 1, 49) and (n = 2, 50) are the same. TM-U675
Character commands
ESC V
Ver. 6.0 p. 175
CONFIDENTIAL
The 90 clockwise rotation mode is not effective for font B (7 9).
sss sss
more
Character commands
ESC V
Ver. 6.0 p. 176
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC r
[Name] [Format] Select print color ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
r 72 114
n n n
TM-U300C/D: n = 0, 1
n=0
TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-J8000 Selects a print color, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Print color Black Red
s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s When page mode is selected, the color setting is the same for all data collectively printed by FF or ESC FF.
TM-U300C/D Print Sample

AAAAA Red BBBBB Black

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"r";CHR$(1); Select red PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"r";CHR$(0); Select black PRINT #1,"BBBBB";CHR$(&HA);
TM-U300C/D This command is ignored with the TM-U300D single-color model.
Character commands
ESC r
Ver. 6.0 p. 177
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC t
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select character code table ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 t 74 116
n n n
0 n 8, 19 n 26, n = 255 0 n 5, n = 255 0 n 5, n = 19, 254, 255 For paper roll and slip (back): 0 n 8, 16 n 19, n = 255 For slip (face): 0 n 8, 16 n 19, n = 254, 255 0 n 5, n = 254, 255 0 n 5, n = 19, 254, 255 0 n 8, 16 n 19, n = 254, 255
[Range]
TM-H5000II: TM-U300C/D: TM-J8000: TM-H6000: TM-U325D: TM-U925, TM-U375: TM-U675:
[Default] [Range] [Description]
n=0 TM-H5000II: n = 20 (for Thai character supporting model) n=0

None Selects page n from the character code tables, as follows:
n
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Character Code Table Page 0 [PC437 (U.S.A. , Standard Europe)] Page 1 [Katakana] Page 2 [PC850 (Multilingual)] Page 3 [PC860 (Portuguese)] Page 4 [PC863 (Canadian-French)] Page 5 [PC865 (Nordic)] Hiragana
Character commands
ESC t
Ver. 6.0 p. 178
CONFIDENTIAL
n
7 8 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 254 255 [Note] Character Code Table One-pass printing Kanji characters One-pass printing Kanji characters WPC1252 PC866 [Cyrillic #2] PC852 [Latin 2] Page 19 [PC858] Thai character code 42 Thai character code 11 Thai character code 13 Thai character code 14 Thai character code 16 Thai character code 17 Thai character code 18 Page 254 Page 255
sss sss
more
s The alphanumeric characters 20H (decimal 32) to 7FH (decimal 127) are the same for each page. The extended characters 80H (decimal 128) to FFH (decimal 255) are different for each page.
Character commands
ESC t
Ver. 6.0 p. 179
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"t";CHR$(0); Select page 0 GOSUB printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"t";CHR$(1); Select page 1 GOSUB printing END printing: FOR i=&H20 TO &H7F PRINT #1, CHR$(i); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); FOR i=&H80 TO &HFF PRINT #1, CHR$(i); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); RETURN
Print Sample
Page 0
Page 1
TM-H5000II Page 255 for the paper roll and using font A (9 9) on a slip are space characters. Page 255 using font B (7 9) on a slip are special characters. The character code tables from n = 20 to 26 are available only for the TM-H5000IIM, which is the Thai character supporting model. The character code tables, n = 6, 7, and 8 are available only for slip printing of the Kanji supporting model. TM-U375 Pages 254 and 255 are the space characters.
Character commands
ESC t
Ver. 6.0 p. 180
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 Pages 254 and 255 are the space characters. TM-U325D Pages 254 and 255 are the space characters. TM-U300C/D Page 255 is the space characters. TM-J8000 Pages 254 and 255 are the space characters. TM-H6000 The character type for pages 254 and 255, on the face of a slip using font B is special characters and the character type for other paper types and font A is space characters. Character code tables, n = 6, 7, and 8 are available only for the Kanji supporting model. TM-U675 The character type for pages 254 and 255, using font A (5 9) is space characters and for font B (7 9) is special characters. Character code tables, n = 6, 7, and 8 are available only for the Kanji supporting model.
Character commands
ESC t
Ver. 6.0 p. 181
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC {
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn upside-down printing mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 { 7B 123
n n n
n=0
None In standard mode, turns upside-down printing mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, upside-down printing mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, upside-down printing mode is turned on. s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s The upside-down printing mode is effective for all data in standard mode. s The upside-down printing mode has no effect in page mode. s When upside-down printing mode is turned on, the printer prints 180-rotated characters from right to left. The line printing order is not reversed; therefore, be careful of the order of the data transmitted.
[Notes]
None Print Sample

Normal printing ABCDE BCDEF BCDEF ABCDE

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"{";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BCDEF"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"{";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BCDEF"; CHR$(&HA);
Upside-down printing
Character commands
ESC {
Ver. 6.0 p. 182
CONFIDENTIAL
GS !
[Name] [Format] Select character size ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ! 21 33
Character commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
[Range]
0 n 7, 16 n 23, 32 n 39, 48 n 55, 64 n 71, 80 n 87, 96 n 103, 112 n 119 (1 height 8, 1 width 8) TM-H6000: 0 n 7, 16 n 23, 32 n 39, 48 n 55, 64 n 71, 80 n 87, 96 n 103, 112 n 119 TM-J8000, TM-U325D, TM-U675: n = 0, 1, 16, 17 TM-H5000II:
n=0
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D Selects the character height (vertical number of times normal font size) using bits 0 to 2 and selects the character width (horizontal number of times normal font size) using bits 4 to 6, as follows: Character Width Selection Bit6 Off Off Off Off On On On On Bit5 Off Off On On Off Off On On Bit4 Off On Off On Off On Off On Hex 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Decimal 0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 Width 1 (normal) 2 (doublewidth) 3 4 5 6 7 8 Character Height Selection Bit2 Off Off Off Off On On On On Bit1 Off Off On On Off Off On On Bit0 Off On Off On Off On Off On Hex 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Height 1 (normal) 2 (doubleheight) 3 4 5 6 7 8
Character commands
GS !
Ver. 6.0 p. 183
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s The character size set by this command is effective for all characters (except HRI characters). s When characters are enlarged with different heights on one line, all characters on the line are aligned at the baseline. s When characters are enlarged by width, the characters are enlarged to the right, based on the left side of the character. s ESC ! can also turn double-width and double-height modes on or off. s In standard mode, the character is enlarged in the paper feed direction when double-height mode is selected, and it is enlarged perpendicular to the paper feed direction when double-width mode is selected. However, when character orientation changes in 90 clockwise-rotated mode, the relationship between double-height and double-width is reversed. s In page mode, double-height and double-width are in the character orientation. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(17); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA);
Print Sample
AAAAA Select quadruple (double-height x double-width)

BBBBB
TM-H5000II When the character width or height is set to three times the normal font size or more, doublewidth or double-height is printed with slip. TM-H6000 If triple-size or larger is selected, a double-size character is printed on the face of a slip. The character size printed on the back of a slip cannot be changed.
Character commands
GS !
Ver. 6.0 p. 184
CONFIDENTIAL
GS B
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 GS 1D 29 B 42 66
n n n
n=0
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Turns white/black reverse printing mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, white/black reverse printing mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, white/black reverse printing mode is turned on. s The white/black reverse printing mode is effective for all characters (except for HRI characters). s When white/black reverse printing mode is turned on, it also affects the right-side character spacing set by ESC SP. s When white/black reverse printing mode is turned on, it does not affect the space between lines. s When underline mode is turned on, the printer does not underline white/black reverse characters. s In white/black reverse printing mode, characters are printed in white on a black background.
[Notes]
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000 Print Sample

AAAAA White/black reverse printing BBBBB Normal printing

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"B";CHR$(1); Select PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"B";CHR$(0); Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA);
Character commands
GS B
Ver. 6.0 p. 185
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is effective for the paper roll. TM-H6000 This command is effective for the paper roll.
Character commands
GS B
Ver. 6.0 p. 186
CONFIDENTIAL
GS b
[Name] [Format]
Character commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn smoothing mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 GS 1D 29 b 62 98
n n n
n=0
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Turns smoothing mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, smoothing mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, smoothing mode is turned on. s The smoothing mode is effective for all quadruple-size or larger characters (except for HRI characters). TM-H5000II TM-H6000 Print Sample
AAAAA PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(68); Select font size PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"b";CHR$(1); Select smoothing PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA);
[Note]
TM-H5000II Smoothing is available for quadruple-size or larger characters for paper roll. TM-H6000 Smoothing is available for quadruple-size or larger characters for paper roll.
Character commands
GS b
Ver. 6.0 p. 187
CONFIDENTIAL
Printing paper commands
PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS

Command ESC c 0 ESC c 1 ESC f GS ( G Name Select paper type(s) for printing Select paper type(s) for command settings Set cut sheet wait time Select cut sheet control function(s)
Ver. 6.0 p. 188
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC c 0
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND SETTING COMMAND
Select paper type(s) for printing ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 c 63 99 0 30 48
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-U925: 1 n 4 TM-U375: 1 n 11 TM-U325D: 1 n 3, 8 n 11 TM-U300C/D: n = 1, 8, 9 TM-H6000: 0 n 2, 48 n 50 TM-U675: 1 n 4, n = 8 TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U675: n = 3 TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D: n = 1 TM-H6000: n = 0 None Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 Function Paper roll disabled. Paper roll enabled. Paper roll disabled. Paper roll enabled. Slip paper disabled. Slip paper enabled. Validation paper disabled. Validation paper enabled. Reserved. Selects paper type(s) for printing, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 47 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00
[Default]
ESC c 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 189
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s This command is ignored in page mode. s When cut sheet is first enabled, the printer enters the cut sheet waiting status. The printer waits for the cut sheet until the cut sheet is inserted, the waiting time t1 set by ESC f elapses, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s When the printer is in cut sheet mode and it is disabled, the printer ejects the cut sheet. s If the current paper type is specified again, this command is ignored. s Both bits 0 and 1 select paper roll and when either bit location 0 or bit location 1 is on, the paper roll is selected as the paper type. s During the cut sheet waiting period, the printer processes only a real-time command, such as DLE EOT or DLE ENQ. s It is possible to cancel the cut sheet waiting status using DLE ENQ 3. In this case, however, data in the print and receive buffers is cleared. The cut sheet insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT. s Multiple sheets with different printable areas cannot be selected simultaneously. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HC);
Select
TM-U300C/D
paper type (paper roll)
Print on paper roll
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(4);
Select print sheet (slip)
Print on slip
Print Sample <paper roll>

AAAAA BBBBB
Print Sample <slip>
ESC c 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 190
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Either the paper roll or slip paper can be used as the paper type. Slip and paper roll cannot be selected simultaneously. When a slip is not inserted correctly, the printer ejects the slip and waits for the slip to be inserted again. The SLIP LED blinks when the printer is in the slip ejection waiting status. The printer processes the next operation after checking that the slip is removed. The slip ejection waiting status can be checked by normal ASB status after customization. TM-U375 Paper roll, slip, and validation can be used as the paper type. Slip and validation cannot be selected simultaneously. Be sure to use pressure-sensitive paper when cut sheet and paper roll are selected simultaneously. Otherwise, the print on the paper roll will not be the expected output. TM-U925 Paper roll and slip can be used as the paper type. The paper roll and slip cannot be selected simultaneously. TM-U325D Paper roll and validation can be used as the paper type. Be sure to use pressure-sensitive paper when paper roll and validation are selected simultaneously. Otherwise, the print on the paper roll will not be the expected output. TM-U300C/D Bit 1 of n is undefined. Paper roll and validation can be used as the paper type. Be sure to use pressure-sensitive paper when paper roll and validation are selected simultaneously. Otherwise, the printing result will not be on the paper roll. The printer can print only one line with normal size or double-width characters on validation paper. After printing one line, the printer waits for the validation paper to be removed. After the validation paper is removed, paper roll is selected automatically.
ESC c 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 191
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Paper roll and slip can be used as the paper type. Bit 3 is undefined. The paper roll and slip cannot be selected simultaneously. TM-H6000 Paper roll and slip can be used as the paper type. The paper roll and slip cannot be selected simultaneously. When slip is selected as the paper type, the face of the slip is selected. If the length of the slip is too short or the slip is not inserted correctly, the printer ejects the slip and waits for insertion of another slip. The SLIP LED blinks when the printer is in the slip ejection waiting status. The printer processes the next operation after checking that the slip is removed. The slip ejection waiting status can be checked by normal ASB status after customization. TM-U675 Paper roll, slip, and validation can be used for the paper type. They cannot be selected simultaneously. If the length of the slip is too short or the slip is not inserted correctly, the printer ejects the slip and waits for insertion of another slip. The SLIP LED blinks when the printer is in the slip ejection waiting status. The printer processes the next operation after checking that the slip is removed. The slip ejection waiting status can be checked by normal ASB status after customization.
ESC c 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 192
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC c 1
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select paper type(s) for command settings ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 c 63 99 1 31 49
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000: 1 n 4; TM-U375, TM-U675: 1 n 15; TM-J8000, TM-U925: 1 n 7; TM-U325D: 1 n 3, 8 n 11 TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675: n = 3; TM-U375: n = 15; TM-J8000, TM-U925: n = 7; TM-U325D: n = 11 TM-U300C/D Selects paper type(s) for setting, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 47 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 Function Paper roll disabled. Paper roll enabled. Paper roll disabled. Paper roll enabled. Slip paper disabled. Slip paper enabled. Validation paper disabled. Validation paper enabled. Reserved.
[Default]
ESC c 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 193
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s When multiple paper types are selected, each setting is used for all paper types selected. s Both bits 0 and 1 indicate paper roll and when either bit 0 or bit 1 is on or both are on, the paper roll is selected as the paper type for command settings. s The commands that need you to select a paper type for command settings are ESC 2, ESC 3, GS L, and GS W. s If the printer supports both slip and validation, ESC C needs to select a paper type for command settings. s If the printer has multiple print heads with different pitches, the commands that need you to select paper types for settings are ESC &, ESC ?, GS , and GS P. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U325D TM-J8000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(1); Select paper type for command settings (paper roll) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(30); Set line spacing for paper roll
TM-H5000II Paper roll and slip paper can be used as the paper type for command settings. The slip and paper roll cannot be selected simultaneously. The commands that need you to select a paper type for command settings are ESC &, ESC 2, ESC 3, ESC ?, GS , GS L, GS P and GS W. TM-U375 Paper roll, slip and validation paper can be used as the paper type for command settings. It is possible to select multiple paper types. If different settings are set for paper roll and cut sheet, and both the paper roll and the cut sheet are selected for printing by ESC c 0, printer operation is based on the settings for cut sheet. The commands that need you to select paper types for command settings are ESC 2, ESC 3, ESC C, GS L, and GS W.
ESC c 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 194
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 Paper roll and slip can be used as the paper type for command settings. It is possible to select paper roll and slip simultaneously. The commands that need you to select paper types for command settings are ESC 2 and ESC 3. TM-U325D Paper roll and validation can be used as the paper type for command settings. The commands that need you to select paper type for command settings are ESC 2, ESC 3, GS L, and GS W. If different settings are set for the paper roll and validation and both the paper roll and validation are selected for printing by ESC c 0, printer operation is based on the settings for validation. TM-J8000 Paper roll and slip paper can be used as the paper type for command settings. Paper roll and slip paper can be selected simultaneously. The setting of this command affects ESC 2, ESC 3, GS L, and GS W. TM-H6000 Paper roll and slip paper can be used as the paper type for command settings. When slip is selected, the settings for the face of the slip are changed. Paper roll and slip cannot be selected simultaneously. The commands that are affected by this command are ESC &, ESC 2, ESC 3, ESC ?, GS , GS L, GS P, and GS W. TM-U675 Paper roll, slip, and validation can be used as the paper type for command settings. All the paper types can be enabled or disabled. The commands that are affected by this command are ESC 2, ESC 3, ESC C, GS L, and GS W.
ESC c 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 195
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC f
[Name] [Format] Set cut sheet wait time ASCII Hex Decimal 0 t1 15 0 t2 64 ESC 1B 27
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
f 66 102
t1 t1 t1
t2 t2 t2
[Range] [Default]
t1 = 0 TM-H5000II: t2 = 5; TM-H6000, TM-J8000, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-U675: t2 = 10

None Sets the time that the printer waits for the cut sheet (slip, validation, and check paper). The waiting time for the cut sheet to be inserted is t1 1 minutes. The time from detection of the cut sheet to the start of printing is t2 0.1 seconds. s When t1=0, the cut sheet waiting time is not set, and the printer continues waiting for the cut sheet to be inserted. s If the sheet is not inserted within [t1 1 minutes], the printer cancels cut sheet and selects the paper roll as the paper type. s In the following cases, the printer continues waiting for the cut sheet to be inserted, regardless of the settings of t1. Waits for the cut sheet to be inserted when the paper sensor detects no paper with the cut sheet sensor enabled for paper-end stop by ESC c 4. Waits for the cut sheet to be inserted when the printer recovers from an error. s It is possible to cancel the cut sheet waiting state using DLE ENQ 3. In this case, however, the data in the print and receive buffers is cleared. s This setting alone, however, does not cause the printer to immediately start waiting for the cut sheet to be inserted. The setting becomes effective when the printer executes ESC c 0 or FS a 0.
[Notes]
ESC f
Ver. 6.0 p. 196
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-U300C/D Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"f";CHR$(15);CHR$(20); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(4); Select paper type
TM-U300C/D The cut sheet wait time set by this command is effective only when the optional validation sensor is installed.
ESC f
Ver. 6.0 p. 197
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( G
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Select cut sheet control function(s) ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 G 47 71
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
fn fn fn
m m m
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range]
TM-J8000, TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
pL = 2, pH = 0 ((pL + pH 256) = 2) fn = 48, 84 m differs, depending on the value of fn

Select cut sheet control function:
[Description]
pL, pH specifies (pL + pH 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and m). fn specifies the type of slip control.
fn Function
48 Function 1 84 Function 2 [Notes] Specifies slip as the paper type and the side to be printed. Feeds to the print starting position for the slip.
s The function of this command is defined by fn and the operation differs, depending on the function selected.
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 198
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example and print samples using both Functions (1) and (2)
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(G;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(4); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(G;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(84);CHR$(1); PRINT #1, AAAAA;CHR$(&HA);
Select the face of a slip [function (1)] Move to a print starting position [function (2)]
Print on the front side of the slip

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(G;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(68); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(G;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(84);CHR$(1); PRINT #1, BBBBB;CHR$(&HA);
Select the back of the slip [function (1)] Move to a print starting position [function (2)]
Print on the back of the slip
Print sample (face of a slip) AAAAA
Print sample (back of a slip) BBBBB
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 199
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( G pL pH fn m <Function 1>
[Format] ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 G 47 71
sss sss
more
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn 30 48
m m m
[Range] [Description]
TM-U675: m = 4 TM-H6000: m = 4, 68 Select slip as the paper type and the side of the sheet to be printed:
pL, pH specifies (pL + pH 256) for the number of bytes after fn. m specifies the side to be printed on a slip.
m Function
4 Specifies the face of the slip 68 Specifies the back of the slip [Notes] s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s This command is ignored in page mode. s Slip is selected as the paper type by this command. s When paper roll is selected as the paper type during the execution of this command, the printer waits for a slip to be inserted. s When validation is selected as the paper type during the execution of this command, the printer waits for a slip to be inserted after the validation is ejected. s The printer is in the slip insertion waiting status until the slip sheet is inserted, the waiting time t1 set by ESC f elapses, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s When slip is selected as the paper type, this command only executes switching the print side. The printer does not perform paper feeding, such as ejecting paper, waiting for paper insertion, and moving to the print starting position.
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 200
CONFIDENTIAL
s It is possible to cancel the slip sheet waiting status using DLE ENQ 3. In this case, however, data in the print and receive buffers is cleared. The slip sheet insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT and ASB status after executing customizing. s If this command is executed when MICR is selected, the MICR function is canceled. The printer selects a slip as the paper type and does not perform paper feeding, such as ejecting paper, waiting for paper insertion, and moving to the print starting position. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 The SLIP LED blinks when the printer waits for a slip to be ejected. In this case, the printer processes the next operation after checking to confirm that the slip has been ejected. The status of the slip ejection can be checked by a normal ASB status after a customization. Face is on which printing is performed by a serial impact dot head. Back is on which printing is performed by a shuttle head. The back can be specified (m = 68) when the printer has the endorsement printing function. TM-U675 The SLIP LED blinks when the printer waits for the cut sheet to be ejected. In this case, the printer processes the next operation after checking to confirm that the cut sheet has been ejected. The status of the cut sheet ejection can be checked by a normal ASB status after a customization. TM-H6000 TM-U675
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 201
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( G pL pH fn m <Function 2>
[Format] ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 G 47 71
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn 54 84
m m m
[Range] [Description] [Notes]
m=1
Feed slip to print starting position on the currently selected paper side when slip paper is selected as the paper source. s This command is ignored if paper other than a slip is selected as the paper source. s When processing this command, the printer performs either of the following, depending on the position where paper is stopped. Feeds paper to the print starting position. Ejects paper and wait for slip insertion. TM-H6000 TM-U675
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000
There is an area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed. If the bottom edge of a paper is in this area, the printer waits for a paper to be inserted after ejecting the paper. In this case, insert the paper which has been ejected. The area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed: When an endorsement printer is equipped: The printer exceeds the area for approximately 92 mm {523/144 inch} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end. When an endorsement printer is not equipped: The printer exceeds the area for approximately 75 mm {425/144 inch} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end.
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 202
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 There is an area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed. If the bottom edge of a paper is in this area, the printer waits for a paper to be inserted after ejecting the paper. In this case, insert the paper which has been ejected. The area where the printer cannot execute a reverse paper feed: The printer exceeds the area for approximately 75 mm {425/144 inch} from the point where the BOF sensor detects a paper end.
GS ( G
Ver. 6.0 p. 203
CONFIDENTIAL
Panel button command
PANEL BUTTON COMMAND

Command ESC c 5 Name Enable/disable panel buttons
Ver. 6.0 p. 204
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC c 5
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Enable/disable panel buttons ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 ESC 1B 27 c 63 99 5 35 53
n n n
n=0
None Enables or disables the panel buttons. When the LSB of n is 0, all buttons are enabled. When the LSB of n is 1, all buttons are disabled. s When the printer cover is open, there are buttons that are always enabled or disabled regardless of this command. The buttons are different, depending on the printer model. s When the LED blinks to indicate that the printer is waiting for a macro to be executed, the paper feed button is enabled (but paper cannot be fed). s To prevent problems caused by accidentally pressing the buttons, use this command to disable the buttons.
[Notes]
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example for all printers
TM-U300C/D
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c5";CHR$(1); Disable panel buttons
ESC c 5
Ver. 6.0 p. 205
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The panel buttons are FEED, FORWARD, REVERSE, and RELEASE. When the PAPER OUT LED and RELEASE LED blink to indicate that the printer is waiting for a macro to be executed, the FEED, FORWARD, and REVERSE buttons are enabled regardless of the setting of this command (but paper cannot be fed). When the paper roll cover is open, the FEED button is disabled regardless of the setting of this command. When the front cover is open, the FORWARD, REVERSE, and RELEASE buttons are disabled regardless of the setting of this command. TM-H6000 The panel buttons are FEED and RELEASE. When the PAPER FEED LED blinks during a macro, the FEED button is enabled, regardless of the setting of the command. In this case, paper cannot be fed with the button. When paper roll is selected as the paper type and the paper roll cover or the unit is open, the FEED button is disabled, regardless of the setting of the command. When the paper roll is selected as the paper type and the front cover is open, the FEED button operates based on the command. When cut sheet is selected as the paper type, and the paper roll cover is open, the FEED button operates based on the command. When cut sheet is selected as the paper type, and the front cover is open or the unit is open, the FEED button is enabled, regardless of the setting of the command. When the paper roll cover, front cover, or unit is open, the RELEASE button is enabled regardless of the setting of the command.
ESC c 5
Ver. 6.0 p. 206
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 The panel buttons are FEED and RELEASE. When the PAPER FEED LED blinks during a macro, the FEED button is enabled, regardless of the setting of the command. In this case, paper cannot be fed with the button. When paper roll is selected as the paper type and the paper roll cover is open, the FEED button is enabled, regardless of the setting of the command. When a slip or validation sheet is selected as the paper type and the paper roll cover is open, the FEED button is disabled, regardless of a setting of the command. When the paper roll cover or the front cover is open, the RELEASE button is enabled, regardless of the setting of this command.
TM-U375 The panel buttons are PAPER FEED and RELEASE. When the cover is open, the PAPER FEED is disabled and RELEASE is enabled regardless of the settings of this command. TM-U925 The panel buttons are RECEIPT FEED and SLIP FEED. When the cover is open, these buttons are enabled regardless of the settings of this command. TM-U325D The panel buttons are FEED and RELEASE. When the cover is open, these buttons are enabled regardless of the settings of this command. TM-U300C/D The panel button is FEED. When the cover is open, this button is enabled regardless of the settings of this command.
ESC c 5
Ver. 6.0 p. 207
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Panel buttons are PAPER FEED and SLIP FEED. There is a CLEANING button under the cover, but this is not affected by the setting of this command. When the PAPER OUT light blinks, the PAPER FEED and SLIP FEED buttons are enabled regardless of the setting of this command. However, paper cannot be fed by the buttons. When the paper roll cover is open or cleaning is performed, all buttons are disabled regardless of the setting of this command. When the carriage cover is open, all buttons are enabled regardless of the setting of this command.
ESC c 5
Ver. 6.0 p. 208
CONFIDENTIAL
Paper sensor commands
PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS

Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Name Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing
Ver. 6.0 p. 209
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC c 3
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-U325D: n = 15 TM-U375, TM-U300C/D: n = 3 TM-H6000, TM-U675: n = 0 TM-U925 Selects whether to output paper-end signals to a parallel interface or not when a paper-end is detected by the sensor selected, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Hex 00 01 00 02 00 02 00 08 00 10 00 20 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 32 Function Paper roll near-end sensor disabled. Paper roll near-end sensor enabled. Paper roll near-end sensor disabled. Paper roll near-end sensor enabled. Paper roll end sensor disabled. Paper roll end sensor enabled. Paper roll end sensor disabled. Paper roll end sensor enabled. Slip TOF sensor disabled. Slip TOF sensor enabled. Slip BOF sensor disabled. Slip BOF sensor enabled ESC 1B 27 c 63 99 3 33 51
n n n
[Range] [Default]
ESC c 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 210
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On [Notes] Hex 00 40 00 80 Decimal 0 64 0 128 Function Validation TOF sensor disabled. Validation TOF sensor enabled. Validation BOF sensor disabled. Validation BOF sensor enabled.
s This command is enabled only with a parallel interface and is ignored with a serial interface. s The paper roll near-end sensor is enabled when either bit 0 or bit 1 is on or both are on. s The paper roll end sensor is enabled when either bit 2 or bit 3 is on or both are on. s It is possible to select multiple sensors to output signals. When any of the sensors detects a paper-end, the paper-end signal is output. s Some sensors are not supported or there are some sensors that are not used to output a paper-end signal, depending on the printer model. s The names of some sensors differ depending on the printer model.
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U325D TM-U300C/D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c3";CHR$(4); Paper roll end sensor enabled
ESC c 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 211
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Bits 6 and 7 are not supported. TM-U375 Bits 2 and 3 are not supported. Bits 4, 5, 6, and 7 indicate the same sensor. The name of the sensor is cut sheet sensor. The cut sheet sensor is enabled when either bit 4, bit 5, bit 6, or bit 7 is on or all bits are on. TM-U325D Bits 4 and 5 are not supported. Bits 6 and 7 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor. TM-U300C/D Bits 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 are not supported. Bit 6 or 7 is enabled only when the optional validation sensor is installed. TM-J8000 Bits 4, 6 and 7 are not supported. TM-H6000 Bits 6 and 7 are not supported. TM-U675 Bits 6 and 7 indicate the same paper sensor. The sensor is a validation sensor. If either bit 6 or bit 7 or both are enabled, the validation sensor is enabled.
ESC c 3
Ver. 6.0 p. 212
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC c 4
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U300C/D: n = 0; TM-U925, TM-U325D: n = 12; TM-J8000, TM-H6000: n = 32 TM-U675: n = 160 None Selects whether to stop printing or not when the paper runs out using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Hex 00 01 00 02 00 02 00 08 00 10 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 Function Paper roll near-end sensor disabled. Paper roll near-end sensor enabled. Paper roll near-end sensor disabled Paper roll near-end sensor enabled. Paper roll end sensor disabled. Paper roll end sensor enabled. Paper roll end sensor disabled. Paper roll end sensor enabled. Slip TOF sensor disabled. Slip TOF sensor enabled. ESC 1B 27 c 63 99 4 34 52
n n n
[Range] [Default]
ESC c 4
Ver. 6.0 p. 213
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On [Notes] Hex 00 20 00 40 00 80 Decimal 0 32 0 64 0 128 Function Slip BOF sensor disabled. Slip BOF sensor enabled. Validation TOF sensor disabled. Validation TOF sensor enabled. Validation BOF sensor disabled. Validation BOF sensor enabled.
sss sss
more
s It is possible to select multiple sensors to stop printing. When any sensor detects a paper-end, printing stops. s When a paper sensor is enabled with this command, printing stops only when the corresponding paper is selected as the paper type. Paper type can be selected by ESC c 0. s Some sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. s The names of some sensors differ, depending on the printer model. s The paper roll near-end sensor is enabled when either bit 0 or bit 1 is on or both are on. s The paper roll end sensor is enabled when either bit 2 or bit 3 is on or both are on. s When a paper near-end is detected, printing stops after printing the current line and feeding the paper. The printer goes offline and PAPER LED comes on after printing stops. To resume printing, cancel the "paper roll near-end" status by replacing the paper roll. s If the paper roll near-end sensor is disabled and a paper near-end is detected, printing does not stop and the printer does not go offline, but the PAPER LED comes on. s When a paper roll end is detected, the printer performs the same operations as when a paper roll near-end is detected. s When the slip TOF sensor or the slip BOF sensor is enabled and a paper-end is detected, the printer ejects the paper after printing as much as possible and enters the cut sheet waiting state. The printer does not go offline.
ESC c 4
Ver. 6.0 p. 214
CONFIDENTIAL
s When the slip TOF sensor or the slip BOF sensor is disabled and a paper-end is detected, the printer does not stop printing and ejects the paper. s When the validation TOF sensor or the validation BOF sensor detects a paper-end, the printer performs the same operations as when the slip TOF sensor or the slip BOF sensor detects a paper-end. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c4";CHR$(1); Paper roll near-end sensor enabled
TM-H5000II Bits 2, 3, 6 and 7 are undefined. The paper roll end sensor is always enabled and when it detects a paper-end, the printer stops printing. When a paper roll near-end or a paper roll end are detected, the PAPER OUT LED comes on. TM-U375 Bits 2, 3, 4, and 6 are undefined. When a paper roll near-end is detected, the JOURNAL OUT LED comes on. TM-U925 Bits 6 and bit 7 are undefined. Bits 4 and 5 indicate the same sensor. The name of the sensor is "slip insertion sensor". The slip insertion sensor is enabled when either bit 4 or bit 5 is on or both are on. When a paper roll near-end or a paper roll end is detected, the RECEIPT OUT LED comes on.
ESC c 4
Ver. 6.0 p. 215
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D Bits 4 and 5 are undefined. Bits 6 and 7 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor. When either bit is on or both are on, the validation sensor is enabled. When a paper roll near-end or a paper roll end is detected, the RECEIPT OUT LED comes on. TM-U300C/D Bits 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 are undefined. When a paper roll near-end or a paper roll end is detected, the PAPER OUT LED comes on. TM-J8000 Bits 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7 are undefined. Paper-roll end sensor is always enabled and when the sensor detects a paper-end, printing stops. When a paper-end or a paper near-end is detected, the PAPER OUT light blinks. Whether slip BOF sensor is (bit 5) enabled or disabled, the slip BOF sensor stops printing when it detects a paper-end. However, the bottom margin is different. Slip BOF sensor enabled: bottom margin is 16 mm {0.63 inch} Slip BOF sensor disabled: bottom margin is 10 mm {0.39 inch} TM-H6000 Bits 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 are not supported. Paper roll end sensor is always enabled and printing stops when the sensor detects a paper end. When a paper end or paper near end is detected, the PAPER OUT LED blinks. TM-U675 Bits 2, 3, 4, and 6 are not supported. Paper roll end sensor is always enabled and printing stops when the sensor detects a paper end. When a paper end or paper near end is detected, the PAPER OUT LED blinks.
ESC c 4
Ver. 6.0 p. 216
CONFIDENTIAL
Print position commands
PRINT POSITION COMMANDS

Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS T GS W GS \ Name Horizontal tab Set absolute print position Set horizontal tab positions Select print direction in page mode Set printing area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Set left margin Set print position to the beginning of print line Set printing area width Set relative vertical print position in page mode
Ver. 6.0 p. 217
CONFIDENTIAL
HT
[Name] [Format] Horizontal tab ASCII Hex Decimal None None HT 09 9
EXECUTING COMMAND
TM-U925
Moves the printing position to the next horizontal tab. s This command is ignored unless the next horizontal tab position has been set. s Horizontal tab positions are set by ESC D. s If the next horizontal tab position exceeds the printing area, the printer sets the printing position to [Printing area width + 1]. s If this command is processed when the printing position is at [Printing area width + 1], the printer executes print buffer-full printing of the current line and horizontal tab processing from the beginning of the next line. In this case, in page mode, the printer does not execute printing but the printing position is moved.
None
See program example and print sample for HT and ESC D.
HT
Ver. 6.0 p. 218
ESC $
[Name] [Format] Set absolute print position ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255 0 nH 255 TM-U300C/D ESC 1B 27 $ 24 36
EXECUTING COMMAND
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
[Range]
Sets the print starting position to (nL + nH 256) (horizontal or vertical motion unit) from the beginning of the line. s The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the printing area. s When standard mode is selected, the horizontal motion unit is used. s When page mode is selected, the horizontal or vertical motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. s When a left margin is set in standard mode, the position of the left margin is the beginning of the line.
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675
TM-U325D
TM-J8000
See program example and print sample for ESC $ and ESC \.
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U925 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U325D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. TM-J8000 The horizontal or vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit for a paper roll and the face of a slip is specified by GS P. The horizontal motion unit for the back of a slip is approximately 0.2 mm {1/127 inch}. This is equivalent to a normal dot pitch (minimum mechanical pitch). TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
ESC $
Ver. 6.0 p. 220
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC D
[Name] [Format]
SETTING COMMAND
Set horizontal tab positions ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 D 44 68
n1 ... nk n1 ... nk n1 ... nk
NUL 00 0
[Range]
1 n 255 0 k 32 TM-H6000, TM-U675: 1 n1 n2 ... nk 255
[Default] [Description] [Notes]
n = 8, 16, 24, 32, ... (Every eight characters for the default font set by ESC ! or ESC M)
TM-U925 Sets a horizontal tab to n columns from the beginning of the line. k indicates the number of horizontal tab positions to be set. s The horizontal tab position is stored as a value of [character width n] measured from the beginning of the line. The character width includes the right-side character spacing, and double-width characters are selected with twice the width of normal characters. s A maximum of 32 horizontal tab positions can be set. Data exceeding 32 horizontal tab positions are processed as normal data. s This command cancels any previous horizontal tab settings. s Transmit [n]k in ascending order and place a NUL code at the end. ESC D NUL cancels all horizontal tab positions. s When [n] is less than or equal to the preceding value [n]k-1, horizontal tab setting is finished and the following data is processed as normal data. s k is not transmission data to the printer.
None
See program example and print sample for HT and ESC D.
ESC D
Ver. 6.0 p. 221
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for HT and ESC D
Program Example
PRINT #1, "0123456789012345678901234567890123456"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); FOR i=1 TO 4 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H9); "H"; Execute HT NEXT i : PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"D";CHR$(10);CHR$(20); PRINT #1, CHR$(30);CHR$(0); Set HT positions FOR i=1 TO 4 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H9); "H"; Execute HT NEXT i : PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); Default
Print Sample
0123456789012345678901234567890123456 H H H H H H HH
Tab position 10 Tab position 20 Tab position 30
16
24
32
ESC D
Ver. 6.0 p. 222
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC T
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select print direction in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 T 54 84
n n n
0 n 3, 48 n 51
n=0
TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In page mode, selects the print direction and starting position using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 [Notes]
Print Direction Left to right Bottom to top Right to left Top to bottom
Starting Position Upper left (A in the figure) Lower left (B in the figure) Lower right (C in the figure) Upper right (D in the figure)
A Printing area
D C
s The print direction set by this command is effective only in page mode. s This command setting has no effect in standard mode. s The parameters for the horizontal or vertical motion unit differ depending on the starting position of the printing area as follows: If the starting position is the upper left or lower right of the printing area: These commands use horizontal motion units: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC \ These commands use vertical motion units: ESC 3, ESC J, GS $, GS \ If the starting position is the upper right or lower left of the printing area: These commands use horizontal motion units: ESC 3, ESC J, GS $, GS \ These commands use vertical motion units: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC \
ESC T
Ver. 6.0 p. 223
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(240);CHR$(0);CHR$(200);CHR$(0); Set printing area PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1); Select print direction PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(2); Select print direction PRINT #1, "EEEEE"; CHR$(&HC); Batch print and return to standard mode CCCCC DDDDD PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction AAAAA BBBBB
Print Sample
Printing area set by ESC W EEEEE
TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. However, the setting is always enabled. TM-H6000 In page mode, the command affects printing when a paper roll or the face of a slip is selected as the paper type.
ESC T
Ver. 6.0 p. 224
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC W
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Set printing area in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 W 57 87
xL xL xL
xH xH xH
yL yL yL
yH yH yH
dxL dxL dxL
dxH dxH dxH
dyL dyL dyL
dyH dyH dyH
[Range]
0 xL, xH, yL, yH, dxL, dxH, dyL, dyH 255 (except for dxL = dxH = 0 or dyL = dyH = 0) TM-H6000, TM-U675: 0 xL, xH, yL, yH, dxL, dxH, dyL, dyH 255 where 0 xL + xH 256 65535 where 0 yL + yH 256 65535 where 0 dxL + dxH 256 65535 where 0 dyL + dyH 256 65535
[Default]
xL = 0, xH = 0, yL = 0, yH = 0 Printing area width and printing area height = entire printable area TM-H5000II: dxL = 0, dxH = 2, dyL = 126, dyH = 6 dxL = 144, dxH = 1, dyL = 128, dyH = 5 TM-U375: TM-H6000: For paper roll: dxL = 0, dxH = 2, dyL = 126, dyH = 6 For slip paper (face): dxL = 28, dxH = 2, dyL = 128, dyH = 5 TM-U675: When DIP switch [SW2-4] is Off: For paper roll: dxL = 194, dxH = 1, dyL = 0, dyH = 0 For cut sheet: dxL = 28, dxH = 2, dyL = 0, dyH = 0 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is On: For paper roll: dxL = 144, dxH = 1, dyL = 128, dyH = 5 For cut sheet: dxL = 144, dxH = 1, dyL = 128, dyH = 5
TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In page mode, sets the size and the logical origin of the printing area as follows: Horizontal logical origin = (xL + xH 256) (horizontal motion unit) from absolute origin. Vertical logical origin = (yL + yH 256) (vertical motion unit) from absolute origin. Printing area width = (dxL + dxH 256) (horizontal motion unit)
ESC W
Ver. 6.0 p. 225
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] Printing area height = (dyL + dyH 256) (vertical motion unit) s Both printing area width and height cannot be set to 0. s The absolute origin is the upper left of the printable area. s If the horizontal or vertical logical origin is set outside the printable area, this command is canceled. s If [horizontal logical origin + printing area width] exceeds the printable area, the printing area width is automatically set to [horizontal printable area horizontal logical origin]. s If [vertical logical origin + printing area height] exceeds the printable area, the printing area height is automatically set to [vertical printable area vertical logical origin]. s The printing area and the logical origin set by this command is effective only in page mode. s This command setting has no effect in standard mode. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Print Sample
AAAAA BBBBB

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(180); CHR$(0);CHR$(44);CHR$(1); Set printing area PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(2); Select print direction PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HC); Batch print and return to standard mode CCCCC DDDDD
Printing area set by ESC W
ESC W
Ver. 6.0 p. 226
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P for the paper roll. TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. In page mode, the command affects printing when paper roll or the face of a slip is selected as the paper type. TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
ESC W
Ver. 6.0 p. 227
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC \
[Name] [Format] Set relative print position ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255 0 nH 255 None ESC 1B 27 \ 5C 92
EXECUTING COMMAND
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
TM-U300C/D
Moves the print starting position to (nL + nH 256) (horizontal or vertical motion unit) from the current position. s The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the printing area. s A positive number specifies movement to the right, and a negative number specifies movement to the left. N pitch movement to the right: (nL + nH 256) = N. Use the complement of N for setting N pitch movement to the left: (nL + nH 256) = 65536 N. s When standard mode is selected, the horizontal motion unit is used. s When page mode is selected, the horizontal or vertical motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T.
When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 See program example and print sample for ESC $ and ESC \.
ESC \
Ver. 6.0 p. 228
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for ESC $ and ESC \
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); Set absolute position PRINT #1, "EFGH"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"\";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); Set relative position PRINT #1, "EFGH"; CHR$(&HA); 90/180 inch ABCD ABCD EFGH EFGH
Print Sample
90/180 inch
TM-H5000II The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U375 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U925 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U325D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. TM-J8000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
ESC \
Ver. 6.0 p. 229
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. The horizontal motion unit for a slip (back side) is approximately 0.2 mm {1/127 inch}. This is equivalent to a normal dot pitch (minimum mechanical pitch). TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
ESC \
Ver. 6.0 p. 230
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC a
[Name] [Format] Select justification ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 a 61 97
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
0 n 2, 48 n 50
n=0
TM-U300C/D In standard mode, aligns all the data in one line to a specified position, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 [Notes]
Justification Left justification Centered Right justification
s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s The justification has no effect in page mode. s This command executes justification in the printing area set by GS L and GS W. s This command justifies printing data (such as characters, bit images, and bar codes) and space area set by HT, ESC $, and ESC \.
ESC a
Ver. 6.0 p. 231
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 Print Sample
ABC ABCD ABCDE ESC a 0 ABC ABCD ABCDE

FOR n=0 TO 2 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(n); PRINT #1, "ABC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); NEXT n
ESC a 1 ESC a 2 ABC ABCD ABCDE
TM-H6000 This command does not affect printing on the back of a slip.
ESC a
Ver. 6.0 p. 232
CONFIDENTIAL
GS $
[Name] [Format]
EXECUTING COMMAND
Set absolute vertical print position in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255, 0 nH 255 None TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 In page mode, sets the vertical printing position to (nL + nH 256) (vertical or horizontal motion unit) from the starting position set by ESC T. s This command is enabled only in page mode. s The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the printing area set by ESC W. s The horizontal or vertical motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. GS 1D 29 $ 24 36
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675 See program example and print sample for GS $ and GS \.
GS $
Ver. 6.0 p. 233
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P for the paper roll. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. In page mode, the command affects printing when a paper roll or the face of a slip is selected as the paper type. TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
GS $
Ver. 6.0 p. 234
CONFIDENTIAL
GS L
[Name] [Format] Set left margin ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255 0 nH 255 GS 1D 29 L 4C 76
SETTING COMMAND
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
nL = 0, nH = 0
TM-U925, TM-U300C/D In standard mode, sets the left margin to (nL + nH 256) (horizontal motion unit) from the left edge of the printable area. s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s The left margin has no effect in page mode. s This command is available for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The left margin can be set independently for paper roll and slip and validation paper. s If the setting exceeds the printable area, the left margin is automatically set to the maximum value of the printable area. s If this command and GS W set the printing area width to less than the width of one character, the printing area width is extended to accommodate one character for the line.
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U675
TM-U325D
TM-J8000
TM-H6000
See program example and print sample for GS L and GS W.
GS L
Ver. 6.0 p. 235
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U375 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U325D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. TM-J8000 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. Left margin set for a slip affects a printing area on the face of the slip. TM-U675 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
GS L
Ver. 6.0 p. 236
CONFIDENTIAL
GS T
[Name] [Format]
EXECUTING COMMAND
Set print position to the beginning of print line ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 T 54 84
n n n
n=0,1,48,49
None TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Sets the print position to the beginning of the line in standard mode.
n
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Function Cancel data in the current print buffer Print data in the current print buffer
s In page mode, this command is ignored. s This command is ignored if the print position is already the beginning of the line. s If the print position is not set to the beginning of the line, when n = 1, 49, this command functions the same as LF. s Setting values of each command, definitions, and receive buffer content are not changed. s When using commands that are enabled only at the beginning of the line, these commands are sure to be executed if GS T is used immediately before using those commands.
None Program Example

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"T";CHR$(49): PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(2): PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V";CHR$(65):
GS T
Ver. 6.0 p. 237
CONFIDENTIAL
GS W
[Name] [Format] Set printing area width ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255 0 nH 255 TM-H5000II: TM-H6000: TM-U375, TM-U325D: TM-J8000: : TM-U675: GS 1D 29 W 57 87
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
[Range] [Default]
For paper roll: nL = 0, nH = 2 For slip paper: nL = 32, nH = 3 For paper roll: nL = 0, nH = 2 For slip paper (face): nL = 28, nH = 2 nL = 144, nH = 1 For paper roll: nL = 156, nH = 3 For slip paper: nL = 44, nH = 11 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is Off: For paper roll: nL = 194, nH = 1 For slip paper: nL = 28, nH = 2 For validation paper: nL = 28, nH = 2 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is On and {SW2-3] is Off: nL = 144, nH = 1 When DIP switch [SW2-4] is On and {SW2-3] is On: nL = 129, nH = 1
TM-U925, TM-U300C/D
In standard mode, sets the printing area width to (nL + nH 256) (horizontal motion unit). s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s The printing area width has no effect in page mode. s This command is available for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The printing area width can be set independently for paper roll and slip and validation paper.
GS W
Ver. 6.0 p. 238
CONFIDENTIAL
s If the [left margin + printing area width] exceeds the printable area, the printing area width is automatically set to [printable area - left margin]. s If this command and GS L set the printing area width to less than the width of one character, the printing area width is extended to accommodate one character for the line. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U675 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000
See program example and print sample for GS L and GS W. TM-H5000II The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U375 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U325D The horizontal motion unit is 0.16 mm {1/160 inch} (the minimum movement amount). This value equals a half dot pitch. TM-J8000 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-H6000 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-U675 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
GS W
Ver. 6.0 p. 239
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for GS L and GS W
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(1); Select paper type PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c1";CHR$(1); Select paper type for commands PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "01234567890123456789"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(60);CHR$(0); Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(120);CHR$(0); Set printing area width PRINT #1, "01234567890123456789"; CHR$(&HA); Left margin Printing area width
Print Sample
01234567890123456789 0123456789 0123456789
GS W
Ver. 6.0 p. 240
CONFIDENTIAL
GS \
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Set relative vertical print position in page mode ASCII Hex Decimal 0 nL 255 0 nH 255 None TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D In page mode, moves the vertical printing position to (nL + nH 256) (vertical or horizontal motion unit) from the current position. s This command is enabled only in page mode. s The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the printing area set by ESC W. s A positive number specifies movement downward, and a negative number specifies movement upward. N pitch movement downward: (nL + nH 256) = N. Use the complement of N for setting N pitch movement upward: (nL + nH 256) = 65536 N. s The horizontal or vertical motion unit is used for the print direction set by ESC T. GS 1D 29 \ 5C 92
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the vertical motion unit is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the horizontal motion unit is used. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675 See program example and print sample for GS $ and GS \.
GS \
Ver. 6.0 p. 241
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for GS $ and GS \
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(180);CHR$(0);CHR$(144);CHR$(1); Set printing area PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"$";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); Set absolute position PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "EEEEE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"\";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); Set relative position PRINT #1, "FFFFF"; CHR$(&HC); Batch print and return to standard mode FFFFF DDDDD EEEEE AAAAA BBBBB 90/180 inch CCCCC
Printing
Print Sample
area set by ESC W 90/180 inch
TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P for the paper roll. TM-H6000 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. In page mode, the command affects printing when a paper roll or the face of a slip is selected as the paper type. TM-U675 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
GS \
Ver. 6.0 p. 242
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit-image commands
BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS
Command ESC FS p FS q GS ( L GS GS / GS Q 0 GS v 0 Name Select bit-image mode Print NV bit image Define NV bit image Transmit NV bit-image memory size Define downloaded bit image Print downloaded bit image Print variable vertical size bit image Print raster bit image
Bit-image commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 243
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC
[Name] [Format] Select bit-image mode ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27 2A 42
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
m m m
nL nL nL
nH nH nH
d1 ... dk d1 ... dk d1 ... dk m = 0, 1, 32, 33 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 m = 0, 1 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 (when m = 0, 1) k = (nL + nH 256) 3 (when m = 32, 33) m = 0, 1, 32, 33, 80, 81 0 nL 255 0 nH 12, where 1 (nL + nH 256) 3327 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 (when m = 0, 1) k = (nL + nH 256) 3 (when m = 32, 33) k = (nL + nH 256) 6 (when m = 80, 81)
[Range]
TM-H5000II:
For paper roll:
For slip paper:
TM-J8000:
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 244
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000: For paper roll:
sss sss
more
For slip paper (face):
For slip paper (back):
m = 0, 1, 32, 33 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 (when m = 0, 1) k = (nL + nH 256) 3 (when m = 32, 33) m = 0, 1 (standard mode) m = 0 (page mode) 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 m=0 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 m = 0, 1 (standard mode) m = 0 (page mode) 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256 m = 0, 1 0 nL 255 0 nH 3 (1 nL + nH 256 1023) 0 d 255 k = nL + nH 256
TM-U675:
For paper roll:
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D:
[Default]
None None
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 245
CONFIDENTIAL
[Description] Selects bit-image mode using m for the number of dots specified by (nL + nH 256), as follows: Number of Bits for Vertical data 8 8 24 24 48 48 Dot Density in Horizontal Single-density Double-density Single-density Double-density Single-density Double-density
sss sss
more
m Mode
0 1 8-dot single-density 8-dot double-density
Amount of Data (k)
nL + nH 256 nL + nH 256
(nL +nH 256) 3 (nL + nH 256) 3 (nL + nH 256) 6 (nL + nH 256) 6
32 24-dot single-density 33 24-dot double-density 80 48-dot single-density 81 48-dot double-density [Notes]
nL, nH specifies a bit image in the horizontal direction as (nL + nH 256) dots. k indicates the amount of bit image data. k is an explanation parameter; not a part of the command. d indicates the bit image data.
s k bytes of data of d1 ... dk are processed as bit image data. Data (d) specifies a bit printed as 1 and not printed as 0. s If the bit image data exceeds the number of dots to be printed on a line, the excess data is ignored. s The bit image is not affected by print mode (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/black reverse printing, or 90 clockwise-rotated), except for character size and upside-down printing mode. s After printing a bit image, the printer returns to processing data as normal data. s When printing multiple line bit images, selecting unidirectional printing mode with ESC U enables printing patterns in which the top and bottom parts are aligned vertically. s This command is used to print a picture or logo. s The relationship between bit image data and the print result is as follows:
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 246
CONFIDENTIAL
8-dot mode (m = 0, 1) 24-dot mode (m = 32, 33) 48-dot mode (m = 80, 81)
d1
d2
...
dk
d1 d2
d4 d5 d6
... dk-2 ... dk-1 ... dk
d1
d2
...
dk d3
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
d7 d8 d9 d10 d11 d12
... ... ... ... ... ...
dk-5 dk-4 dk-3 dk-2 dk-1 dk
TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-U300C/D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675

m=0: m=1: END bitimage8: PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"";CHR$(m);CHR$(70);CHR$(0); FOR i=1 TO 5 PRINT #1, CHR$(1);CHR$(2);CHR$(4);CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(32);CHR$(64);CHR$(128); PRINT #1, CHR$(64);CHR$(32);CHR$(16);CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(4);CHR$(2); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); RETURN GOSUB bitimage8 GOSUB bitimage8
8-dot 8-dot
Print Sample
single-density double-density m=0 m=1
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 247
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The modes that can be specified are different for a paper roll and slip, using m as follows: <Paper roll> Horizontal Direction
m
0 1
Mode 8-dot single-density 8-dot double-density
Vertical Dot Density 60 dpi 60 dpi 180 dpi 180 dpi
Dot Density 90 dpi 80 dpi 90 dpi 180 dpi
Set Adjacent Dots Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted
32 24-dot single-density 33 24-dot double-density <Slip>
Horizontal Direction
m Mode
Vertical Dot Density 72 dpi 72 dpi
Dot Density 75 dpi 150 dpi
Set Adjacent Dots Permitted Prohibited
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) The amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256).
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 248
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 The modes selectable by m are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m Mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) In page mode, double-density mode (m = 1) is disabled. The amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256). In page mode, the maximum number of horizontal dots in single-density mode depends on the print direction specified by ESC T, as follows: When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 200. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 1408.
m Mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) Amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256).
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 249
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D The modes selectable by m are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m Mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) Amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256). TM-U300C/D The modes selectable by m are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m Mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) Amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256).
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 250
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 The modes selectable by m are as follows: Vertical Direction Horizontal Direction Dot Density 60 dpi 60 dpi 180 dpi 180 dpi 360 dpi 360 dpi Dot Density 180 dpi 360 dpi 180 dpi 360 dpi 180 dpi 360 dpi Set Adjacent Dots Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted
m
0 1
Mode 8-dot single density 8-dot double density
Number of Data 1 byte 1 byte 3 bytes 3 bytes 6 bytes 6 bytes
32 24-dot single-density 33 24-dot double-density 80 48-dot single density 81 48-dot double density
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch)
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 251
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The modes that can be specified are different for paper roll, the face of a slip, and the back of a slip. Paper roll Horizontal Direction
m
0 1
Mode 8-dot single-density 8-dot double-density
Dot Density 90 dpi 180 dpi 90 dpiI 180 dpi
32 24-dot single-density 33 24-dot double-density Slip (face)
m Mode
When page mode is selected, double-density mode (m = 1) is disabled. Slip (back) Horizontal Direction
m Mode
0 8-dot single-density
Vertical Dot Density 72 dpi
Dot Density 127 dpi
Set Adjacent Dots Permitted
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 252
CONFIDENTIAL
m Mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) In page mode, double-density mode (m = 1) is disabled. The amount of data (k) is (nL + nH 256). In page mode, the maximum number of horizontal dots in single-density mode depends on the printing direction specified by ESC T, as follows: When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 200. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 1408.
Bit-image commands
ESC
Ver. 6.0 p. 253
CONFIDENTIAL
FS p
[Name] [Format] Print NV bit image ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
p 70 112
n n n
m m m
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D 1 n 255, 0 m 3, 48 m 51 1 n 255, m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (standard mode) m = 1, 49 (page mode)
1 n 255, 0 m 3, 48 m 51 TM-H6000: For paper roll: For slip (face):
TM-U675:
1 n 255, m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (standard mode) m = 1, 49 (page mode)
[Description]
Prints NV bit image n using the mode specified by m. m Mode 0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 Normal Double-width Double-height Quadruple
[Notes]
s This command is not effective when the NV bit image specified by n has not been defined. s In standard mode, this command is effective only when there is no data in the print buffer. s In page mode, the NV bit image is only stored in the print buffer and is not printed. s If the NV bit image exceeds one line of printing area, the printer does not print it. s This command is not affected by print modes (emphasized, underline, or 90 rotated characters, etc.) except character size and upside-down printing mode.
Bit-image commands
FS p
Ver. 6.0 p. 254
CONFIDENTIAL
s This command executes paper feeding for the amount needed for printing the NV bit image, regardless of the paper feed amount set by the paper feed setting command. s After printing the bit image, this command sets the print position to the beginning of the line. s When printing the NV bit image, selecting unidirectional printing mode with ESC U enables printing patterns in which the top and bottom parts are aligned vertically. s The NV bit image is defined by FS q. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 See program example and print sample for FS q and FS p. TM-H5000II This command is used in standard mode. The image modes specified are as follows: Dot density in horizontal
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
Mode Normal Double-width Double-height Quadruple
Dot density in vertical 180 dpi 180 dpi 90 dpi 90 dpi
Dot Density 180 dpiI 90 dpi 180 dpiI 90 dpi
Bit-image commands
FS p
Ver. 6.0 p. 255
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 The modes specified are as follows: Horizontal Dot Density
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) TM-U675 The modes that can be specified are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
Mode Normal mode Double-width density mode
Set Adjacent Dots Prohibited Permitted
Bit-image commands
FS p
Ver. 6.0 p. 256
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The modes that can be specified are different, depending on the paper type. Paper roll Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
Mode Normal mode Double-width density mode Double-height density mode Quadruple-density mode
Slip (face) Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) When page mode is selected, normal mode (m = 0, 48) is disabled.
Bit-image commands
FS p
Ver. 6.0 p. 257
CONFIDENTIAL
FS q
[Name] [Format] Define NV bit image ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
q 71 113
n n n
[xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk] n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk] n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk] n
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] TM-H5000II:
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D 1 n 255 0 xL 255 0 xH 3 (when 1 (xL + xH 256) 1023) 0 yL 1 0 yH 1 (when 1 (yL + yH 256) 288) 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256) 8 Total defined data area is 384 KB 1 n 255 0 xL 255 0 xH 3 (when 1 (xL + xH 256) 1023) 0 yL 255 0 yH 1 (when 1 (yL + yH 256) 288) 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256) 8 Total defined data area = 0, 64 KB, 128 KB, 192 KB, 256 KB, 320 KB, 384 KB (default) (Total defined data area can be selected with GS ( E command.)
TM-H6000:
Bit-image commands
FS q
Ver. 6.0 p. 258
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000: 1 n 255 0 xL 255 0 xH 3, where 1 (xL + xH 256) 1023 0 yL 255 0 yH 2, where 1 (yL + yH 256) 767 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256) 8 Total defined data area = 128 KB
sss sss
more
[Description]
Defines NV bit image specified. n specifies the number of defined NV bit images.
xL, xH specifies (xL + xH 256) bytes in the horizontal direction for the NV bit image you defined. yL, yH specifies (yL + yH 256) bytes in the vertical direction for the NV bit image you defined. d specifies the definition data for the NV bit image. k indicates the number of the definition data. k is a parameter for explanation; it is not actually in the command.
[Notes]
s The printer is BUSY when writing the data to the non-volatile memory. In this case, do not transmit data from the host because the printer does not receive data. s An NV bit image is a bit image defined in the printers non-volatile memory. The NV bit image defined is effective until the next NV bit image is defined (or until the memory capacity is changed with the GS ( E command). s In standard mode, this command is effective only when processed at the beginning of the line. s In page mode, this command is not effective. s Do not use this command during macro execution because the command cannot be included in a macro. s k bytes of data of d1...dk are processed as the data defining the NV bit image. In this data a bit to be printed is 1 and not to be printed is 0. s All NV bit images previously defined are canceled.
Bit-image commands
FS q
Ver. 6.0 p. 259
CONFIDENTIAL
s After processing this command, the printer executes a software reset. Therefore, processing this command puts the printer in the same status as when the power is turned on. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. s There are the limitations during processing of this command, as follows: Paper cannot be fed by using the FEED button. The real-time commands are ignored. Even if the ASB function is effective, the ASB status cannot be transmitted. s The NV bit image is printed by FS p. s Bit image data and the print results are as follows:
d1 d2 : dY
dY+1 dY+2 : dY2
... ... ... ...
: dk-2 dk-1 dk
= yL + yH 256
TM-H5000II
TM-J8000
TM-H6000
TM-U675
See program example and print sample for FS q and FS p.
Bit-image commands
FS q
Ver. 6.0 p. 260
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for FS q and FS p
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"q";CHR$(1);CHR$(18);CHR$(0);CHR$(5);CHR$(0); FOR i=1 TO 18*5*8 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1);
Select

DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02 DATA 4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04
Definition
direction
Normal Double
DATA 85,55,55,00,02,42,AA,AA,00,04,81,55,54,00,02 DATA 40,AA,A8,00,04,80,55,50,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 width DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02,41,55,55,55,04 DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,45,40,00,05,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44 DATA 8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,40,00,05,44 DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,41,55,55,55,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,AA,00,02,A2 DATA 41,55,00,01,44,82,AA,80,02,A2,45,55,40,01,44 DATA 8A,AA,A0,02,A2,45,45,50,01,44,8A,82,A8,02,A2 DATA 45,01,54,01,44,8A,80,AA,02,A2,45,00,55,01,44 DATA 8A,80,2A,82,A2,45,00,15,55,44,8A,80,0A,AA,A2 DATA 45,00,05,55,44,8A,80,02,AA,82,40,00,01,55,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,AA,AA,AA,AA,AA,55,55,55,55,54
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"p";CHR$(0);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"p";CHR$(1);CHR$(&HA);
DATA AA,AA,AA,AA,AA,55,55,55,55,54,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,55,55,55,44,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2 DATA 45,55,55,55,44,8A,AA,AA,AA,A2,45,00,50,01,44 DATA 8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,50,01,44,8A,80,A8,02,A2 DATA 45,00,50,01,44,8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,50,01,44 DATA 8A,80,A8,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,AA,00,02,A2,41,55,00,01,44,82,AA,80,02,A2 DATA 45,55,40,01,44,8A,AA,A0,02,A2,45,45,50,01,44 DATA 8A,82,A8,02,A2,45,01,54,01,44,8A,80,AA,02,A2 DATA 45,00,55,01,44,8A,80,2A,82,A2,45,00,15,55,44 DATA 8A,80,0A,AA,A2,45,00,05,55,44,8A,80,02,AA,82 DATA 40,00,01,55,04,80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,15,55,50,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02,41,55,55,55,04 DATA 82,A8,00,2A,82,45,50,00,15,44,8A,A0,00,0A,A2 DATA 45,40,00,05,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44 DATA 8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,62 DATA 40,00,00,03,84,80,00,00,1C,02,40,00,00,60,04 DATA 80,00,03,80,02,40,00,1C,00,04,80,00,60,00,02 DATA 40,03,80,00,04,80,0C,00,00,02,40,70,00,00,04
Print Sample
Normal mode
Double-width mode
Bit-image commands
FS q
Ver. 6.0 p. 261
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. TM-J8000 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. TM-H6000 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. TM-U675 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. The NV bit-image defined can be printed on a paper roll and slip (face). The size of the defined area [0, 64 KB, 128 KB, 192 KB, 256 KB, 320 KB, or 384 KB] can be selected by GS ( E. The default setting (at factory shipment) is 384 KB.
Bit-image commands
FS q
Ver. 6.0 p. 262
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( L
[Name] [Format]
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Transmit NV bit-image memory size ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 L 4C 76
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
m m m
fn fn fn
[Range]
pL = 2, pH = 0 m = 48 fn = 0, 48
((pL + pH 256)= 2)
Transmits all the memory size (the number of bytes) in the NV bit-image area. pL, pH specifies the number of parameters following m to (pL + pH 256) bytes. s The printer sends the header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Memory size NUL Hex 37H 30H 30H 39H 00H Decimal 55 48 48 57 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 8 bytes 1 byte
s The printer changes the memory size to values in decimal and send them to the host. Example: If total size is 120 bytes, the printer transmits 3-byte data (120 is changed to 49, 50, 48 in decimal). s The total memory size sent by this command is the total number of bytes regardless of the definition of the NV bit-image. The size of the NV bit-image memory can be changed by GS ( E. s The memory size sent by this command is the number of bytes being used in the actual operation. The memory size sent might differs from the value set by GS ( E. s When the memory size is 0 (Hex = 30H/Decimal = 48), the functions of the NV bit-image cannot be used.
Bit-image commands
GS ( L
Ver. 6.0 p. 263
CONFIDENTIAL
s The host can differentiate the data of the memory size from other send data by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL (00H or 0 decimal) is handled as one group and can be identified by the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 30H Decimal 55 48
However, consider the following requirement for data processing: When communication with the printer uses XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code may interrupt the header to NUL data string. [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(L";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(0);
Bit-image commands
GS ( L
Ver. 6.0 p. 264
CONFIDENTIAL
GS
[Name] [Format]
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Define downloaded bit image ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 2A 42
x x x
y y y
d1 ... d(x y 8) d1 ... d(x y 8) d1 ... d(x y 8)

1 x 255 1 y 48 1 x y 1536 0 d 255 k=xy8 1 x 255 1 y 255 1 x y 404 0 d 255 k=xy8 1 x 255 1 y 48 where 1 x y 1536 0 d 255 k=xy8 1 x 255 1 y 255 where 1 x y 512 0 d 255 k=xy8
[Range]
TM-H5000II:
For paper roll:
For slip paper:
TM-H6000:
For paper roll:
For slip paper (face):
TM-U375:
TM-J8000:
1 x 255 1 y 255 1 x y 512 0 d 255 k=xy8 0 x 255 1 y 255, where 1 x y 14784 0 d 255 k=xy8
Bit-image commands
GS
Ver. 6.0 p. 265
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925: 1 x 255 1 y 255 1 x y 155 (when the receive buffer capacity is 2 KB) 1 x y 404 (when the receive buffer capacity is 32 bytes) 0 d 255 k=xy8 1 x 255 1 y 255, where 1 x y 512 0 d 255 k=xy8 TM-U325D TM-U300C/D
sss sss
more
TM-U675:
None Defines a downloaded bit image. x specifies the size of a bit image in horizontal to x bytes.
y specifies the size of a bit image in vertical to y bytes. k indicates the number of data to be defined. k is an explanation parameter; therefore it does not need to be transmitted. d indicates the bit image data.
[Notes]
s Data (d) specifies a bit printed as 1 and not printed as 0. s The downloaded bit image is not defined in the default settings. s Once a downloaded bit image has been defined, it is available until another definition is made; ESC & or ESC @ is executed; the printer is reset; or the power is turned off. s A downloaded bit image and a user-defined character cannot be defined simultaneously. When this command is executed, the user-defined character is cleared. s If the printer has multiple print heads that have different dot density, the user-defined bit image is defined for the sheet selected by ESC c 1. A user-defined bit image can be defined for each print head. s The downloaded bit image is printed by GS /.
Bit-image commands
GS
Ver. 6.0 p. 266
CONFIDENTIAL
s The relationship between the bit image data and the printed result is as follows:
d1 d2 : dy
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II
dy+1 dy+2 : dy2
... ... ... ...
: dk-2 dk-1 dk
TM-H6000
See program example and print sample for GS and GS /. TM-H5000II This command defines the downloaded bit image defined for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The downloaded bit image can be set independently for paper roll and slip. TM-H6000 The user-defined bit image for the paper type selected by ESC c 1 is defined. When slip is selected as the paper type, the user-defined bit image is defined for the face of the slip. The user-defined bit image can be defined for roll paper and the face of the slip independently.
Bit-image commands
GS
Ver. 6.0 p. 267
CONFIDENTIAL
GS /
[Name] [Format]
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Print downloaded bit image ASCII Hex Decimal GS D 29 / 2F 47
m m m
For For For For paper roll: slip paper: paper roll: slip paper (face): 0 m 3, 48 m 51 m = 0, 1, 48, 49 0 m 3, 48 m 51 m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (standard mode) m = 1, 49 (page mode)
[Range]
TM-H5000II: TM-H6000:
TM-U375, TM-U925: TM-J8000: TM-U675: [Default] [Description] None
m = 0, 1, 48, 49 0 m 3, 48 m 51 m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (standard mode) m = 1, 49 (page mode)

TM-U300C/D
TM-U325D
Prints a downloaded bit image using the mode specified by m, as follows:
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 268
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s This command is ignored if a downloaded bit image has not been defined. s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when there is no data in the print buffer. s When page mode is selected, this command develops the downloaded bit image data in the print buffer but the printer does not print the downloaded bit image data. s If a downloaded bit image exceeds one line, the excess data is not printed. s This command feeds as much paper as is required to print the downloaded bit image, regardless of the line spacing specified by ESC 2 or ESC 3. s The downloaded bit image is not affected by print mode (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/ black reverse printing, or 90 clockwise-rotated), except for character size and upside-down printing mode. s When printing a downloaded bit image, selecting unidirectional printing mode with ESC U enables printing patterns in which the top and bottom parts are aligned vertically. s The downloaded bit image is defined by GS . s After printing, the printing position moves to the beginning of the line. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U675 TM-U925 TM-J8000 TM-H6000
See program example and print sample for GS and GS /.
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 269
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for GS and GS /
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"*";CHR$(18);CHR$(5); FOR i=1 TO 18*5*8 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"/";CHR$(0);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"/";CHR$(1);CHR$(&HA);
Normal Double

DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4
Define downloaded bit image
DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02 DATA 4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04 DATA 85,55,55,00,02,42,AA,AA,00,04,81,55,54,00,02 DATA 40,AA,A8,00,04,80,55,50,00,02,40,00,00,00,04
width
DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02,41,55,55,55,04 DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,45,40,00,05,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44 DATA 8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,40,00,05,44 DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,41,55,55,55,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,AA,00,02,A2 DATA 41,55,00,01,44,82,AA,80,02,A2,45,55,40,01,44 DATA 8A,AA,A0,02,A2,45,45,50,01,44,8A,82,A8,02,A2 DATA 45,01,54,01,44,8A,80,AA,02,A2,45,00,55,01,44 DATA 8A,80,2A,82,A2,45,00,15,55,44,8A,80,0A,AA,A2 DATA 45,00,05,55,44,8A,80,02,AA,82,40,00,01,55,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,AA,AA,AA,AA,AA,55,55,55,55,54
Print Sample
GS / 0
GS / 1
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 270
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The printer prints the downloaded bit image defined for the paper selected by ESC c 0. If the downloaded bit image is not defined for the paper selected by ESC c 0, this command is ignored. The modes that can be specified are different for the paper roll and slip, using m as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch): <Paper roll> Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 <Slip>
m
0, 48 1, 49
Mode Normal Double-width
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 271
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 In page mode, the normal mode (m = 0 or 48) is disabled. The modes selectable by m are as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch): Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
In page mode, the maximum number of horizontal dots for single-density depends on the printing direction specified by ESC T, as follows: When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 200. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 1408.
TM-U925 The downloaded bit image mode for this printer is different from the standard ESC/POS downloaded bit image mode. The modes selectable by m are as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch) Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
Mode Single-density Double-density
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 272
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 The modes selectable by m are as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch) Horizontal Dot Density
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 TM-U675
In page mode, the normal mode (m = 0 or 48) is disabled. The modes selectable by m are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
Vertical Dot Density 72 dpi 72 dpiI
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) In page mode, the maximum number of horizontal dots for single-density depends on the printing direction specified by ESC T, as follows: When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 200. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T, the maximum number of horizontal dots is 1408.
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 273
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The modes that can be specified are different for paper roll and slip (face). Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch) Paper roll Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
m
0, 48 1, 49
When page mode is selected, normal mode (m = 0, 48) is disabled.
Bit-image commands
GS /
Ver. 6.0 p. 274
CONFIDENTIAL
GS Q 0
[Name] [Format]
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Print variable vertical size bit image ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 Q 51 81 0 30 48
m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk
TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
0 m 3, 48 m 51 0 xL 255 0 xH 12, where 1 (xL + xH 256) 3327 0 yL 16 yH = 6 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256) Prints a variable vertical size bit image The modes selectable by m are as follows:
[Description]
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
xL, xH specifies (xL + xH 256) dots in horizontal direction for the bit image. yL, yH specifies (yL + yH 256) dots in vertical direction for the bit image. d specifies the bit image data. k indicates the number of the bit image data. k is an explanation parameter; therefore, it needs not to be transmitted.
Bit-image commands
GS Q 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 275
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s In standard mode, this command is effective only when data is not in the print buffer.
sss sss
more
s This command processes k bytes data of d1...dk as a bit image data. Image data (d) specifies a bit printed to 1 and not printed to 0. s If a variable vertical bit image which exceeds a print area for a line is specified, the excess image data is ignored. s Character size and all print modes such as emphasize, underline, 90 clockwise rotation, upside-down do not affect printing of a variable vertical size bit image data. s This command feeds paper for amount needed for printing a variable vertical bit image regardless of the paper feed setting set by paper feed setting commands. s Do not use this command during macro execution because the command cannot be included in a macro. s After printing a variable vertical bit-image, normal data processing is started. The printing position is set to the beginning of a line. s Relationship between bit-image data and printing result is as follows:
d1 d2 : dY
Y
dY + 1 dY + 2 : dY 2
... : ... dk - 2 ... dk - 1 ... dk
= (yL + yH 256) TM-J8000
Bit-image commands
GS Q 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 276
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example for GS Q 0
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"p";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(144);CHR$(0);CHR$(5);CHR$(0); FOR i=1 TO 144*5 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1);
Select Specify

DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42
unidirection
Definition
DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02 DATA 4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04 DATA 85,55,55,00,02,42,AA,AA,00,04,81,55,54,00,02 DATA 40,AA,A8,00,04,80,55,50,00,02,40,00,00,00,04
direction
Normal Double
DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02,41,55,55,55,04 width DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,45,40,00,05,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44 DATA 8A,80,00,02,A2,45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2 DATA 45,00,00,01,44,8A,80,00,02,A2,45,40,00,05,44 DATA 82,AA,AA,AA,82,41,55,55,55,04,80,AA,AA,AA,02 DATA 40,55,55,54,04,80,2A,AA,A8,02,40,00,00,00,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,AA,00,02,A2 DATA 41,55,00,01,44,82,AA,80,02,A2,45,55,40,01,44 DATA 8A,AA,A0,02,A2,45,45,50,01,44,8A,82,A8,02,A2 DATA 45,01,54,01,44,8A,80,AA,02,A2,45,00,55,01,44 DATA 8A,80,2A,82,A2,45,00,15,55,44,8A,80,0A,AA,A2 DATA 45,00,05,55,44,8A,80,02,AA,82,40,00,01,55,04 DATA 80,00,00,00,02,40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,AA,AA,AA,AA,AA,55,55,55,55,54
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"p";CHR$(0);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"p";CHR$(1);CHR$(&HA);
Print Sample
Bit-image commands
GS Q 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 277
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Selectable mode m is as follows: Horizontal Dot Density
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm (dots per inch) When [Economy printing] is selected by GS E, there may be no printing because the printer does not correctly process a raster bit image in vertical direction.
Bit-image commands
GS Q 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 278
CONFIDENTIAL
GS v 0
[Name] [Format] Print raster bit image ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29
Bit-image commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
v 76 118
0 30 48
m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk
[Range]
TM-H5000II:
0 m 3, 48 m 51 0 xL 255 0 xH 255 (1 xL + xH 256 65535) 0 yL 255 0 yH 8 (1 yL + yH 256 2047) 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256) (except for k = 0) 0 m 3, 48 m 51 0 xL 255 0 xH 3, where 1 (xL + xH 256) 1023 0 yL 255 0 yH 255, where 1 (yL + yH 256) 65535 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256)
TM-J8000:
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 279
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000: 0 m 3, 48 m 51 (when paper roll is selected) m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (when slip paper (face) is selected in standard mode) m = 1, 49 (when slip paper (back) is selected in page mode) 0 xL 128 xH = 0, where 1 (xL + xH 256) 128 0 yL 255 0 yH 15, where 1 (yL + yH 256) 4095 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256)
sss sss
more
TM-U675:
m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (standard mode) m = 1, 49 (page mode) 0 xL 128 xH = 0, where 1 (xL + xH 256) 128 0 yL 255 0 yH 15, where 1 (yL + yH 256) 4095 0 d 255 k = (xL + xH 256) (yL + yH 256)
TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-U300C/D
None Prints a raster bit image using the mode specified by m, as follows:
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
Prints a raster bit image using (xL + xH 256) bytes in the horizontal direction. Prints a raster bit image using (yL + yH 256) dots in the vertical direction.
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 280
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes]
sss sss
more
k indicates the amount of a bit image data. k is an explanation parameter; it is not actually part of the command. d indicates the bit image data.
s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when there is no data in the print buffer. s Data (d) specifies a bit printed as 1 and not printed as 0. s If a raster bit image exceeds one line, the excess data is not printed. s The raster bit image is not affected by character size and print modes (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/black reverse printing, upside-down printing, or 90 clockwise-rotated). s This command feeds as much paper as is required to print the raster bit image, regardless of the line spacing specified by ESC 2 or ESC 3. s Do not use this command during macro execution because the command cannot be included in a macro. s After printing a raster bit image, the printer processes additional data as normal data. s After printing, the print position moves to the beginning of the line. s The relationship between the bit image data and the printed result is as follows:
d1 dX+1 : ...
d2 dX+2 : dk-2
... ... ... dk-1

TM-J8000
dX dX2 : dk
= xL + xH 256
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000
TM-U675
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 281
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); Select unidirectional printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"v0";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(0);CHR$(40);CHR$(0); FOR i=1 TO 16*40 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i DATA FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF DATA FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF DATA C0,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,03 DATA C0,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,03 DATA CF,FF,E0,FF,E0,3F,F8,00,5F,FF,80,1F,FC,00,FF,E3 DATA CF,FF,E3,FF,E0,FF,F8,00,5F,FF,E0,7F,FF,03,FF,E3 DATA CF,FF,E7,FF,E1,FF,F8,00,DF,FF,E0,FF,FF,87,FF,E3 DATA CF,FF,E7,FF,E1,FF,F8,00,9F,FF,F0,FF,FF,87,FF,E3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,E3,FF,F8,00,9F,FF,F1,FF,FF,CF,FF,E3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,E3,FF,F8,01,9F,FF,F1,FF,FF,CF,FF,E3 DATA CF,80,0F,E0,07,F0,00,01,1F,83,F9,F8,0F,CF,E0,03 DATA CF,80,0F,C0,07,F0,00,01,1F,81,F9,F8,0F,CF,C0,03 DATA CF,80,0F,C0,07,E0,00,03,1F,81,FB,F0,07,EF,C0,03 DATA CF,80,0F,C0,07,E0,00,02,1F,81,FB,F0,07,EF,C0,03 DATA CF,80,0F,E0,07,E0,00,06,1F,81,FB,F0,07,EF,E0,03 DATA CF,80,0F,F0,07,E0,00,04,1F,81,FB,F0,07,EF,F0,03 DATA CF,FF,C7,F8,07,E0,00,04,1F,81,FB,F0,07,E7,F8,03 DATA CF,FF,C7,FC,07,E0,00,0C,1F,81,FB,F0,07,E7,FC,03 DATA CF,FF,C3,FE,07,E0,00,08,1F,81,FB,F0,07,E3,FE,03 DATA CF,FF,C1,FF,07,E0,00,18,1F,83,FB,F0,07,E1,FF,03 DATA CF,FF,C0,FF,87,E0,00,18,1F,FF,F3,F0,07,E0,FF,83 DATA CF,FF,C0,7F,C7,E0,00,10,1F,FF,F3,F0,07,E0,7F,C3 Normal mode

DATA CF,80,00,3F,E7,E0,00,30,1F,FF,F3,F0,07,E0,3F,E3 DATA CF,80,00,1F,E7,E0,00,20,1F,FF,E3,F0,07,E0,1F,E3 DATA CF,80,00,0F,F7,E0,00,20,1F,FF,E3,F0,07,E0,0F,F3 DATA CF,80,00,07,F7,E0,00,60,1F,FF,83,F0,07,E0,07,F3 DATA CF,80,00,03,F7,E0,00,40,1F,80,03,F0,07,E0,03,F3 DATA CF,80,00,03,F7,E0,00,C0,1F,80,03,F0,07,E0,03,F3 DATA CF,80,00,03,F7,F0,00,80,1F,80,01,F8,0F,C0,03,F3 DATA CF,80,00,07,F7,F0,00,80,1F,80,01,F8,0F,C0,07,F3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,F3,FF,F9,80,1F,80,01,FF,FF,CF,FF,F3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,F3,FF,F9,00,1F,80,01,FF,FF,CF,FF,F3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,F3,FF,F9,00,1F,80,00,FF,FF,8F,FF,F3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,E1,FF,FB,00,1F,80,00,FF,FF,8F,FF,F3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,C0,FF,FA,00,1F,80,00,7F,FF,0F,FF,C3 DATA CF,FF,EF,FF,00,3F,FA,00,1F,80,00,1F,FC,0F,FF,03 DATA C0,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,03 DATA C0,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,03 DATA FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF DATA FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF
Print Sample
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 282
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is enabled when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. The modes selectable by m are as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch) Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
When page mode is selected, this command is disabled. TM-J8000 The modes selectable by m are as follows: Dots per 25.4 mm (dpi: dots per inch): Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
When economy printing is selected by GS E, the printer does not correctly process vertical dots; therefore, depending on the pattern of the image data, there may be no printing result from GS Q 0 or GS v 0. Fine printing is always selected when printing a bar code.
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 283
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The modes that can be specified are different for paper roll and the face of a slip. Paper roll Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
m
0, 48 1, 49
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 284
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 The modes that can be specified are as follows: Horizontal Direction
m
0, 48 1, 49
Bit-image commands
GS v 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 285
CONFIDENTIAL
Status commands
STATUS COMMANDS
Command DLE EOT DLE EOT NUL DLE EOT BEL ESC u ESC v FS ( e GS ( B GS a GS j GS r Name Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission Real-time status transmission for ink Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions (extended status) Customize ASB-status bits Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Enable/disable Ink Automatic Status Back (ASB) Transmit status
Status commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 286
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE EOT
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Real-time status transmission ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 EOT 04 4
n n n
TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-H6000, TM-U925, TM-U675: 1 n 5, TM-U375: 1 n 6, TM-U325D: 1 n 4, n = 6 None TM-U300C/D Transmits 1 byte of status data specified in real time, using n as follows:
n
1 2 3 4 5 6 [Notes]
Function Transmit printer status Transmit offline status Transmit error status Transmit paper roll sensor status Transmit slip status Transmit validation status
s The printer executes this real-time command upon receiving it. If this command is used in the middle of the code string of another command, this command is processed as a parameter of the other command; therefore, the print result will not be correct.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 287
CONFIDENTIAL
Example:
sss sss
more
If the user sends DLE EOT 5 in the middle of sending ESC 3 100 like this: ESC 3 DLE EOT 5 100, the printer checks the first three bytes, ESC 3 DLE, and executes a paper feed for n = 16 (because the decimal of DLE is 16) and ignores EOT (decimal 4) and 5 (there are no corresponding commands or characters). The printer checks the last code, 100, and prints the character d. The print result is different from what the user expected. If a command such as bit-image or defined data has a code string which is the same code string as DLE EOT in a parameter, the printer processes the DLE EOT command and then continues with the bit-image or other command. In this case, a user may not recognize that the data includes the same code string as DLE EOT. The DLE EOT command is processed when the printer receives the command, which means that the printer executes the command before storing the code string in the transmission buffer. The printer transmits the status and also stores the code string of the command in the transmission buffer as a part of the bit image data. Therefore, the print result will not be different from what the user expects. Example: Assume that a user sends a bit-image command, ESC n nL.......d1 d2 d3 d4...dk and that the codes for d1, d2, and d3 are the code string for DLE EOT n. The printer stores the code string until it gets to the code string of DLE EOT n. At this point, it transmits the status. Then the printer continues storing the code string for the bit-image data including the code string of DLE EOT n. Therefore, the code string of DLE EOT n is used twice, and the bit image printing is what the user expects. s The printer transmits the 1-byte status without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s With a serial interface model, this command is executed even when the printer is offline, the receive buffer is full, or an error occurs. s With a parallel interface model, this command is not executed in following status, because the printer is busy and unable to receive data from the host computer. The DIP switch (BUSY condition) is different, depending on the printer model. Receive buffer is full when DIP switch is set to On. Printer is offline, an error occurs, or receive buffer is full when DIP switch is set to Off.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 288
CONFIDENTIAL
s Each status is 1 byte. s The real-time status to be transmitted is as follows: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Printer status (n = 1) Off/On Off On Off On Off On On Off On 0 1 Off Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Status Fixed. Fixed. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. Online. Offline. Fixed. Not waiting for online recovery. Waiting for online recovery. Paper feed button is not being fed (Off). Paper feed button is being fed (On) Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
s This command is ignored during a process of transmitting the check paper reading result (only with the MICR reader model).
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 289
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 Offline status (n = 2) Off/On Off On Off On Off On 4 5 6 7 On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Status Fixed. Fixed. Cover is closed. Cover is open. Paper is not being fed by the paper feed button. Paper is being fed by the paper feed button. Fixed. No paper-end stop. Printing stops due to a paper-end (paper roll). No error. Error occurred. Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
Bit 5 becomes on when the paper roll sensor (near-end sensor or end sensor) detects a paper-end and printing stops.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 290
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Error status (n = 3) Off/On Off On Off On Off On On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Status Fixed. Fixed. No mechanical error. Mechanical error occurred. No autocutter error. Autocutter error occurred. Fixed. No unrecoverable error. Unrecoverable error occurred. No auto-recoverable error. Auto-recoverable error occurred. Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
If mechanical error (bit 2) or autocutter error (bit 3) occurs due to paper jams or the like, it is possible to recover by correcting a cause of the error and executing DLE ENQ. But if an error due to a circuit failure (such as a wire break) occurs, it is impossible to recover. When printing is stopped during automatically recoverable error (bit 6) occurs. If an unrecoverable error (bit 5) occurs, turn off the power as soon as possible.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 291
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2, 3 Paper roll sensor status (n = 4) Off/On Off On Off On 4 5, 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 On Off On Off Hex 00 02 00 0C 10 00 60 00 Decimal 0 2 0 12 16 0 96 0 Status Fixed. Fixed. Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate. Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end. Fixed. Paper roll end sensor: paper present. Paper roll end sensor: paper not present. Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. Slip status (n = 5) Off/On Off On Off On Off On On Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 Status Fixed. Fixed. Slip paper selected. Slip paper not selected. Does not wait for slip paper insertion. Waits for slip insertion. Fixed.
Bit
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 292
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 32 0 64 0 Status Slip TOF sensor: paper present. Slip TOF sensor: paper not present. Slip BOF sensor: paper present. Slip BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed.
sss sss
more
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. Validation status (n = 6) Off/On Off On Off On Off On On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Status Fixed. Fixed. Validation paper selected. Validation paper not selected. Does not wait for validation paper insertion. Waits for validation insertion. Fixed. Validation TOF sensor: paper present. Validation TOF sensor: paper not present. Validation BOF sensor: paper present. Validation BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed.
Bit
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 293
CONFIDENTIAL
The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. s Real-time status can be differentiated by the information of bits 0, 1, 4, and 7 from other transmission data. If the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx1xx10(x = 0 or 1), process the data as a real-time status. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U325D TM-J8000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H4);CHR$(2); Transmits offline status
TM-H5000II BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. s Printer status (n = 1) Bits 5 of the printer status is not supported. s Error status (n = 3) Mechanical error indicates the home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing. Automatically recoverable error indicates the high head temperature error or paper roll cover open error during printing. s Paper roll sensor status (n = 4) When the paper roll cover is open, paper detection (detected by the paper roll end sensor) may be incorrect.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 294
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-3. Bits 5 and 6 of the slip status and bits 5 and 6 of the validation status indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is "cut sheet sensor". s Printer status (n = 1) Bit 5 of the printer status is not supported. s Error status (n = 3) Bit 3 of the error status is not supported. Mechanical error indicates the home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or validation) ejection error. Automatically recoverable error indicates the high head temperature error. s Paper roll status (n = 4) Bits 5 and 6 of the paper sensor status are not supported. TM-U925 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-5. s Printer status (n = 1) Bit 5 of the printer status is not supported. s Error status (n = 3) Mechanical error indicates the home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or validation) ejection error. Automatically recoverable error indicates the high head temperature error. s Slip status (n = 5) The names of the paper sensors for bits 5 and 6: Slip insertion sensor is the same sensor as the Slip TOF sensor. Slip ejection sensor is the same sensor as the Slip BOF sensor.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 295
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. s Printer status (n = 1) Bit 5 of the printer status is not supported. s Error status (n = 3) Bit 3 of the printer status is not supported. Mechanical error indicates the home position detection error or validation ejection error. Automatically recoverable error indicates the high head temperature error. s Validation status (n = 6) Bits 5 and 6 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor. TM-J8000 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Continuous paper sensor status (n = 4) When a paper roll cover is open, a paper roll sensor status may not be correct. TM-H6000 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Paper roll sensor status (n = 4) When a paper roll cover is open, a paper-end sensor may be incorrect. TM-U675 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Error status (n = 3): Bit 3 is not supported.
Status commands
DLE EOT
Ver. 6.0 p. 296
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE EOT NUL
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Real-time status transmission ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 EOT 04 4 NUL 00 0
n n n
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] [Description]
n=1
Transmits the status specified by n in real time.
m
1 [Notes]
Function Transmit cut sheet status
s The printer executes this real-time command upon receiving it. Be careful of the following points for real-time commands: If this command is used in the middle of the code string of another command, this command is processed as a parameter of the other command; therefore, the print result will not be correct. Example: If the user sends DLE EOT 5 in the middle of sending ESC 3 100 like this: ESC 3 DLE EOT 5 100, the printer checks the first three bytes, ESC 3 DLE, and executes 16 paper feeds (n = 16, because the decimal of DLE is 16) and ignores EOT (decimal 4) and 5 (there are no corresponding commands or characters). The printer checks the last code, 100, and prints the character d. The print result is different from what the user expected. If a command such as a bit-image or defined data uses a data string that is the same as DLE EOT, the printer processes the DLE EOT command and then continues with the bit-image or other command. In this case, the user may not recognize that the data includes the same code string as DLE EOT. The DLE EOT command is processed when the printer receives the command, which means that the printer executes the command before storing the code string in the transmission buffer. The printer transmits the status and also stores the code string for the command in the transmission buffer as a part of the bit image data. Therefore, the print result will not be different from what the user expects.
Status commands
DLE EOT NUL
Ver. 6.0 p. 297
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Example: Assume that a user sends a bit-image command, ESC n nL.......d1 d2 d3 d4...dk and that the codes for d1, d2, and d3 are the code string for DLE EOT n. The printer stores the code string until it encounters the code string DLE EOT n. At this point, it transmits the status. Then the printer continues storing the code string for the bit-image data including the code string DLE EOT n. Therefore, the code string DLE EOT n is used twice, and the bit image printing is what the user expects. s With a serial interface model, this command is executed even when the printer is offline, the receive buffer is full, or an error occurs. s With a parallel interface model, this command is not executed in any of the following status conditions, because the printer is busy and unable to receive data from the host computer. The DIP switch (BUSY condition) is different, depending on the printer model. The receive buffer is full when the DIP switch is set to On. The printer is offline, an error occurs, or the receive buffer is full when the DIP switch is set to Off. s This command can be used when the printer is disabled by ESC =. s This command is ignored when block data (Header~NUL) is being transmitted. s Each status message is 1 byte. s Cut sheet status (n = 1) is as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 Function Fixed Fixed Paper width sensor: paper present Paper width sensor: paper not present Slip paper ejection sensor detects the presence of paper Slip paper ejection sensor does not detect the presence of paper Binary 0 1 0 1 0 1 Hexadecimal 00 02 00 04 00 08 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8
Status commands
DLE EOT NUL
Ver. 6.0 p. 298
CONFIDENTIAL
4 5 6 7 Fixed Select the face of a slip Select the back of a slip Reversed Fixed 1 0 1 0 10 00 20 00 16 0 32 0
s With a serial interface, the printer transmits a 1-byte data message without confirming that the host can receive the data. s With a parallel interface, real-time status is stored in the transmission buffer of the printer temporarily as with other transmission data (except ASB status), and when the host enters Reverse Mode, data is transmitted in order from the beginning of the transmission buffer. The transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data which exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should enter the Reverse Mode immediately and execute receive processing of status. s Real-time status can be differentiated from other transmission data by the information in bits 0, 1, 4, and 7. If the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx1xx10(x = 0 or 1), the host should process the data as a real-time status. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-J8000 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U300C/D TM-U325D
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H4);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);
TM-H5000II BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Cut sheet status (when n = 1): Bit 3 is not supported.
Status commands
DLE EOT NUL
Ver. 6.0 p. 299
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Slip sheet status (when n = 1): Bit 5 is not supported. TM-H6000 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Cut sheet status (n = 1): Bit 2 is not supported. TM-U300C/D Cut sheet status (n = 1): Bit 3 is not supported. TM-U325D BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Cut sheet status (n = 1) Bit 3 is not supported. TM-U375 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-3. Cut sheet status (n = 1): Bit 3 is not supported. TM-U925 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-5. Cut sheet status (n = 1): Bit 3 is not supported.
Status commands
DLE EOT NUL
Ver. 6.0 p. 300
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE EOT BEL
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Real-time status transmission for ink ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 EOT 04 4 BEL 07 7
n n n
n=1
TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Transmits the ink status specified by n in real time.
n
1 [Notes]
Function Transmit ink status
s This is a real-time command which the printer executes upon receiving it. Take the following into consideration: If this command is used in the middle of the code string of another command, this command is processed as a parameter of the other command; therefore, the print result will not be correct. Example: If the user sends DLE EOT 5 in the middle of sending ESC 3 100 like this: ESC 3 DLE EOT 5 100, the printer checks the first three bytes, ESC 3 DLE, and executes a paper feed for n = 16 (because the decimal of DLE is 16) and ignores EOT (decimal 4) and 5 (there are no corresponding commands or characters). The printer checks the last code, 100, and prints the character d. The print result is different from what the user expected. If a command such as bit-image or defined data has a code string which is the same code string as DLE EOT in a parameter, the printer processes the DLE EOT command and then continues with the bitimage or other command. In this case, a user may not recognize that the data includes the same code string as DLE EOT.
Status commands
DLE EOT BEL
Ver. 6.0 p. 301
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
The DLE EOT command is processed when the printer receives the command, which means that the printer executes the command before storing the code string in the transmission buffer. The printer transmits the status and also stores the code string of the command in the transmission buffer as a part of the bit image data. Therefore, the print result will not be different from what the user expects. Example: Assume that a user sends a bit-image command, ESC n nL.......d1 d2 d3 d4...dk and that the codes for d1, d2, and d3 are the code string for DLE EOT n. The printer stores the code string until it gets to the code string of DLE EOT n. At this point, it transmits the status.Then the printer continues storing the code string for the bit-image data including the code string of DLE EOT n. Therefore, the code string of DLE EOT n is used twice, and the bit image printing is what the user expects. s With a serial interface, this command can be executed when the printer is in offline, receive buffer full, or error state. s With a parallel interface, the printer cannot receive data when it is BUSY condition. This command cannot be used in the following cases: DIP switch (BUSY condition) is On: receive buffer full state DIP switch (BUSY condition) is Off: offline, receive buffer full, or error state s This command can be used when the printer is disabled by ESC =. s This command is ignored when transmitting block data (header~NUL). s Each status 1-byte. s Ink status (n = 1) is as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 Function Fixed Fixed No ink near-end detected Ink near-end detected No ink end detected Ink end detected Binary 0 1 0 1 0 1 Hexadecimal 00 02 00 04 00 08 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8
Status commands
DLE EOT BEL
Ver. 6.0 p. 302
CONFIDENTIAL
4 5 6 7 Fixed Ink cartridge detected Ink cartridge not detected Cleaning is not being performed Cleaning is being performed Fixed 1 0 1 0 1 0 10 00 20 00 40 00 16 0 32 0 64 0
s With a serial interface, the printer transmits a 1-byte status without confirming whether the host can receive data. s With a parallel interface, a real-time status is stored in the transmission buffer of the printer temporarily the same as the other transmission data (except for ASB status), and when the host enters Reverse Mode, data is transmitted in order from the beginning of the transmission buffer. The transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data which exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should be changed to the Reverse Mode immediately and execute a receive processing of status. s Real-time status can be differentiated by the information of bits 0, 1, 4, and 7 from other transmission data. If the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx1xx10(x = 0 or 1), process the data as a real-time status. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J8000 Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H4);CHR$(7);CHR$(1);
TM-J8000 BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. When an ink near-end is detected, the INK OUT light blinks. It is possible to print approximately 20,000 characters using font B with economy printing specified during the time when an ink nearend is detected to the time when an ink end is detected.
Status commands
DLE EOT BEL
Ver. 6.0 p. 303
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC u
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Transmit peripheral device status ASCII Hex Decimal None TM-H5000II, TM-U325D, TM-J8000 Transmits the status of drawer kick-out connector pin 3 as 1 byte of data when n = 0 or 48. s GS r 2 can be used to check the status. GS r is recommended for transmitting the peripheral device status. ESC u is not a recommended command and will not be supported by future printer models. s When DTR/DSR control set by DIP switch (Handshaking) is selected with a serial interface, the printer transmits the status after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. s When XON/XOFF control is selected by DIP switch (Handshaking) with a serial interface, the printer transmits the status without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s The peripheral device status to be transmitted is as follows: Bit 0 1-3 4 5, 6 7 Off/On Off On Off Off Hex 00 01 00 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0 Status Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. Reserved. Fixed. Reserved. Fixed. ESC 1B 27 u 75 117
n n n
TM-U375, TM-U925: n = 0, 48; TM-U300C/D: n = 0
Status commands
ESC u
Ver. 6.0 p. 304
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"u";CHR$(0);
TM-U375 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. TM-U925 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-8. TM-U300C/D Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3.
Status commands
ESC u
Ver. 6.0 p. 305
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC v
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Transmit paper sensor status ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-H5000II, TM-U325D, TM-J8000 Transmits the status of paper sensor(s) as 1 byte of data. s GS r 1 can be used to check the status. GS r is recommended for transmitting the paper sensor status. ESC v is not a recommended command and will not be supported by future printer models. s When DTR/DSR control is selected by DIP switch (Handshaking) with a serial interface, the printer transmits the status after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. s When XON/XOFF control is selected by DIP switch (Handshaking) with a serial interface, the printer transmits the status without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s The peripheral device status to be transmitted is as follows: Bit 0, 1 2, 3 4 5 Off/On Off On Off On Off Off On Hex 00 03 00 0C 00 00 20 Decimal 0 3 0 12 0 0 32 Status Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate. Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end. Paper roll end sensor: paper present. Paper roll end sensor: paper not present. Fixed. TOF sensor: paper present. TOF sensor: paper not present. ESC 1B 27 v 76 118
Status commands
ESC v
Ver. 6.0 p. 306
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 6 7 Off/On Off On Off Hex 00 40 00 Decimal 0 64 0 Status BOF sensor: paper present. BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed. TM-U925 TM-U300C/D
TM-U375

PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"v";
TM-U375 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Bits 2 and 3 of the status are undefined. Bits 5 and 6 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is "cut sheet sensor". TM-U925 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-8. The names of the paper sensors for bits 5 and 6: s Slip insertion sensor is the same sensor as the TOF sensor. s Slip ejection sensor is the same sensor as the BOF sensor. TM-U300C/D Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. The paper sensor status information of this command for this printer is different from the standard ESC/POS paper sensor status information as follows: s Bits 1, 3, and 5 of the status are not supported. s Bits 6 and 7 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor.
Status commands
ESC v
Ver. 6.0 p. 307
CONFIDENTIAL
FS ( e
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions (extended status) ASC II Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 ( 28 44 e 65 101
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
m m m
n n n
pL = 2, pH = 0 ((pL + pH 256) = 2) m = 51 0 n 255 TM-H6000, TM-U675: pL = 2, pH = 0 m = 51 0 n 255 n =0

Enables or disables ASB and specifies the status items to include, using n as follows: Bits 0 1 2-7 Function Status bit for MICR disabled Status bit for MICR enabled Status bit for print side selection disabled Status bit for print side selection enabled Reserved Binary 0 1 0 1 0 Hexdecimal 00 01 00 02 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0
[Notes]
s The status message the printer sends for optional functions consists of 4 bytes, [Header + status A + status B + NUL]. s Header is [Hex = 39H/Decimal = 57]
Status commands
FS ( e
Ver. 6.0 p. 308
CONFIDENTIAL
s Status A is as follows: Bits 0 1-4 5 6 7 Function Status bit for MICR enabled Status bit for MICR disabled Reserved Face of slip selected Back of slip selected Fixed Fixed Binary 0 1 0 1 1 0 Hexdecimal 00 01 00 20 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 32 64 0
sss sss
more
Note: Bit 5 may be incorrect when slip is not selected as the paper type. s Status B is [Hex = 40H/Decimal = 64]. s NUL is [Hex = 00H/Decimal = 0]. s With a serial interface, the 4-byte status message is transmitted without confirming whether the host computer is ready to receive data. s With a parallel interface, when ASB status is used, it is desirable for the host to be in the reverse idle state. However, if the host computer cannot always be in the reverse idle state, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch for ASB status. If the host is not in the Reverse Mode for a long time, and the printer has to store ASB status bits to be transmitted when each status item changes, the following 2 sets (8 bytes) of ASB status are changed to special data and transmitted prior to other transmission data when the host enters Reverse Mode. ASB-1: Status information that shows whether status changes occurred ASB-2: The latest ASB status information
Status commands
FS ( e
Ver. 6.0 p. 309
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
If bits have a different value between (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), it shows at least one change occurred. An example is shown below: Header ASB-1 ASB-2 0011 1001 0011 1001 Status A 0100 0000 0100 0001 Status B 0100 0000 0100 0000 NUL 0000 0000 0000 0000
Bit 0 of status A is different. This information shows MICR has been selected at least once, but the current status is that MICR is unselected. s Multiple status items can be enabled or disabled. When n = 0, all status items are disabled, and automatic status transmission is disabled. s ASB is enabled if any status item is selected. The printer transmits a 4-byte status message when this command is executed. The printer automatically transmits the 4-byte status message whenever the status changes. Each status message shows the current status:
n
Bit Status 0 1 MICR operation Print side
Extended ASB status ASB status MICR selection Print side selection for a slip Bit Status A: bit 0 Status A: bit 5
s If ASB is enabled when the printer is disabled by ESC =, the printer transmits the 4-byte status message whenever the status changes. s The printer does not transmit ASB status during block data [Header ~ NUL] transmission. s The setting of this command is effective until ESC @ is received, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s The host can differentiate extended status from other status transmissions by the header. When the printer transmits the header [Hex = 39H/Decimal = 57], four bytes of data up to NUL [Hex = 00H/Decimal = 0] are processed as ASB status. The other processes described below are also necessary: While block data [Header ~ NUL] is being processed, ASB status is not identified.
Status commands
FS ( e
Ver. 6.0 p. 310
CONFIDENTIAL
When the host is communicating with the printer by XON/XOFF control, the host processes a 4-byte data group, except the XOFF code, as ASB status. ASB status does not have the same data configuration as the XOFF code. [Model-dependent variations] TM-U675
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);(e;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(51);CHR$(1); Only MICR status is enabled
TM-U675 Bit 1 of n and bit 5 of Status A are not supported.
Status commands
FS ( e
Ver. 6.0 p. 311
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( B
[Name] [Format] Customize ASB-status bits ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 81
Status commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
B 42 48
pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk]
pL = 2, 3, 5 pH = 0 m = 97 a = 0, 69, 70 b = 44 [when a = 69] b = 54 [when a = 70] TM-H6000:
pL = 2, 3, 5, 7 pH = 0 m = 97 a = 0, 49, 51, 70 b = 44 [when a = 49] b = 45 [when a = 51], 55 (when a = 70) pL = 2, 3, 5, 7 pH = 0 m = 97 a = 0, 49, 51, 70 b = 44 [when a = 49] b = 45 [when a = 51], 55 (when a = 70)
TM-U675:
[Description]
Changes the bit assignments of the ASB status bit pL, pH specifies (pL + pH 256) for the number of bytes after pH (m and [a1 b1] ... [ak bk]).
a specifies the bit of the ASB to be customized. b specifies the ASB status.
Status commands
GS ( B
Ver. 6.0 p. 312
CONFIDENTIAL

sss sss
more
When a = 0, the setting of the ASB status bit assignment is canceled. b is not necessary, and (pL + pH 256) = 2. When a is not 0, ASB status bit is specified for customizing. The status is specified by bit 7, 6, 5, or 4, and the bit is specified by bit 3, 2, 1, or 0. a can be specified as follows: Specifying Customization of Status
a
Specifies the bit for customization as bit 0 Specifies the bit for customization as bit 1 Specifies the bit for customization as bit 2 Specifies the bit for customization as bit 3 Specifies the bit for customization as bit 5 Specifies the bit for customization as bit 6
First byte Cannot be specified Cannot be specified 18 19 21 22
Second byte 32 33 34 35 37 38
Third byte 48 49 50 51 53 54
Fourth byte 64 65 66 67 69 70
b specifies the status to be customized.

Function Specifies cut sheet insertion waiting status Specifies cut sheet removal waiting status Specifies the status of a paper-width sensor Specifies slip paper ejection sensor status
b
44 45 54 55
Status commands
GS ( B
Ver. 6.0 p. 313
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s This command customizes a status bit, but does not change the enabled/disabled setting for ASB status transmission. s When customizing a bit with this command, set ASB status transmission to disabled with a GS a command in advance. s Bit customization by this command affects normal ASB status (ASB status for GS a). Refer to GS a for details. s Customizing is not specified by default. s The setting of this command is effective until the printer is reset or the power is turned off. This command is not initialized by executing ESC @. [Model-dependent variations] None
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(B;CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(97);CHR$(69);CHR$(44);
Status commands
GS ( B
Ver. 6.0 p. 314
CONFIDENTIAL
GS a
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is Off : n = 0 When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is On : n = 2 TM-U300C/D Enables or disables ASB and specifies the status items to include, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On 0 Off On Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 20 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 32 Function Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 status disabled. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 status enabled. Online/offline status disabled. Online/offline status enabled. Error status disabled. Error status enabled. Paper roll sensor status disabled. Paper roll sensor status enabled. Reserved. Cut sheet sensor and status disabled. Cut sheet sensor and status enabled. GS 1D 29 a 61 97
n n n
[Range] [Default]
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 315
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 6 7 [Notes] Off/On Off On 0 Hex 00 40 00 Decimal 0 64 0 Function Panel buttons disabled. Panel buttons enabled. Reserved.
sss sss
more
s Multiple status items can be selected. s When n = 0, ASB is disabled. s If ASB is enabled when the printer is disabled by ESC =, the printer transmits a 4-byte status message whenever the status changes. s The printer does not transmit ASB status during block data [header ~ NUL] transmission. s The setting of this command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s Bits of ASB status can be customized by GS ( B. The bits that can be customized are different depending on the printer. s With a serial interface, the 4-byte status message is transmitted without confirming whether the host computer is ready to receive data. The 4-byte status message must be consecutive, except for the XOFF code. s With a parallel interface, when ASB status is used, it is desirable for the host to be in reverse idle state. However, if the host computer cannot always be in the reverse idle state, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch for ASB status. If the host is not in the Reverse Mode for a long time and the printer has to store ASB status bits to be transmitted when each status item changes, the following 2 sets (8 bytes) of ASB status are changed to special data and transmitted prior to other transmission data when the host enters the Reverse Mode: ASB-1: Status information that shows whether status changes occurred ASB-2: The latest ASB status information
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 316
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
If the bits have a different value between (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), at least one change occurred. An example is shown below: The first byte ASB-1 ASB-2 0011 1000 0001 0000 The second byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 The third byte 0110 0011 0110 0011 The fourth byte 0000 1111 0000 1111
Bits 5 and 3 of the first byte are different. From this information, the printer went offline (bit 3) due to a cover open (bit 5), but the current status is that the printer is online and the cover is closed. s The host can differentiate normal ASB status from other transmission data by the information in bits 0, 1, 4, and 7. If the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx1xx00 (x = 0 or 1), it processes the following 3 bytes of data as an ASB status item. When identifying an ASB status item, there are exceptions, as follows: When processing block data [Header ~ NUL], the host does not identify the ASB status. When the host communicates with the printer by XON/XOFF control, it processes 4 bytes of data from the printer, except for the XOFF code, as ASB status. The configuration of ASB status is different from that of the XOFF code. s ASB is enabled if any status item is selected. The printer transmits a 4-byte status message when this command is executed. The printer automatically transmits another 4-byte status message whenever the status changes.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 317
CONFIDENTIAL
s The current ASB status items, corresponding to each bit of n are as follows:
sss sss
more
n
Bit 0 1 Function Drawer kick-out connector Online/offline status
ASB status Bit Bit 2 of the first byte Bit 3 of the first byte Bit 5 of the first byte Bit 6 of the first byte Bit 0 of the second byte *1) Bits 0, 1 of the third byte *1) Bits 2, 3 of the third byte ASB Status Status of drawer kick-out connector pin 3 (high or low). Online/offline status. Cover status. Status of whether paper is being fed by paper FEED button. Status of whether the printer is waiting for online recovery. Paper roll near-end sensor status. Paper roll end sensor status. Mechanical error status. Autocutter error status. Unrecoverable error status. Automatically recoverable error status. Paper roll near-end sensor status. Paper roll end sensor status.
Error status
Bit 2 of the second byte Bit 3 of the second byte Bit 5 of the second byte Bit 6 of the second byte
Paper roll sensor status
Bits 0 and 1 of the third byte Bits 2 and 3 of the third byte
*1) Note: Only when the paper-end sensor is enabled.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 318
CONFIDENTIAL
n
Bit 5 Function Cut sheet sensor and status ASB status Bit Bit 5 of the third byte Bit 6 of the third byte Bit 0 of the fourth byte Bit 1 of the fourth byte Bit 2 of the fourth byte Bit 3 of the fourth byte Bit 5 of the fourth byte Bit 6 of the fourth byte *2) Depends on GS ( B setting *2) Depends on GS ( B setting *2) Depends on GS ( B setting 6 Panel switch status Bit 1 of the second byte ASB Status Slip TOF sensor status. Slip BOF sensor status. Slip paper selection status. Slip printing status. Validation paper selection status. Validation printing status. Validation TOF sensor status. Validation BOF sensor status. Cut sheet insertion waiting status. Cut sheet removal waiting status. Paper-width sensor status. Paper FEED button status.
sss sss
more
*2) Note: Only when customization is set by GS ( B. s ASB status is a 4-byte status message from the first byte to the fourth byte. s The ASB status message to be transmitted is as follows:
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 319
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 First byte (printer information) Off/On Off Off Off On Off On On Off On Off On 7 Off Hex 00 00 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 0 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 ASB Status Description Fixed. Fixed. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. Online. Offline. Fixed. Cover is closed. Cover is open. Paper is not being fed by the paper FEED button. Paper is being fed by the paper FEED button. Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 320
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Second byte (printer information) Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On 7 Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 32 0 64 0 ASB Status Description Not waiting for online recovery. Waiting for online recovery. Paper FEED not pressed (Off). Paper FEED pressed (On). No mechanical error. Mechanical error occurred. No autocutter error. Autocutter error occurred. Fixed. No unrecoverable error. Unrecoverable error occurred. No automatically recoverable error. Automatically recoverable error occurred. Fixed. Bit
sss sss
more
If a mechanical error (bit 2) or an autocutter error (bit 3) occurs due to paper jams or the like, it is possible to recover by correcting a cause of the error and executing DLE ENQ. If an unrecoverable error (bit 5) occurs, turn off the power as soon as possible.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 321
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 0, 1 2, 3 4 5 6 7 Third byte (paper sensor information) Off/On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off Hex 00 03 00 0C 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 3 0 12 0 0 32 0 64 0 ASB Status Description Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate. Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end. Paper roll end sensor: paper present. Paper roll end sensor: paper not present. Fixed. Slip TOF sensor: paper present. Slip TOF sensor: paper not present. Slip BOF sensor: paper present. Slip BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed.
sss sss
more
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 322
CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 32 0 64 0 ASB Status Description Slip paper selected. Slip paper not selected. Slip printing possible. Slip printing not possible. Validation paper selected. Validation paper not selected. Validation printing possible. Validation printing not possible. Fixed. Validation TOF sensor: paper present. Validation TOF sensor: paper not present. Validation BOF sensor: paper present. Validation BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed. Bit
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"a";CHR$(4); Enable "Error" status
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 323
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The default value is set by DIP switch 2-1. s Second byte (printer information) Bit 0 of the second byte is not supported. A mechanical error indicates a home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing. An automatically recoverable error indicates a high head temperature error or a paper roll cover open error during printing. s Third byte (paper sensor information) When the paper roll cover is open, paper detection (detected by the paper roll end sensor) may be incorrect. s Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Bits 2, 3, 5, and 6 of the fourth byte are not supported. TM-U375 The default value is set by DIP switch 2-3. Bits 5 and 6 of the third byte and bits 5 and 6 of the fourth byte indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is "cut sheet sensor." s Second byte (printer information) Bits 0 and 3 of the second byte are not supported. A mechanical error indicates a home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or validation) ejection error. An automatically recoverable error indicates a high head temperature error. s Third byte (paper sensor information) Bits 2 and 3 of the third byte are not supported.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 324
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 The default value is set by DIP switch 2-5. s Second byte (printer information) Bit 0 of the second byte is not supported. A mechanical error indicates a home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or check paper) ejection error. An automatically recoverable error indicates a high head temperature error. s Third byte (paper sensor information) The names of the paper sensors for bits 5 and 6: Slip insertion sensor is the same sensor as the slip TOF sensor. Slip ejection sensor is the same sensor as the slip BOF sensor.
s Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Bits 2, 3, 5, and 6 of the fourth byte are not supported. TM-U325D The default value is set by DIP switch 2-1. s Second byte (printer information) Bits 0 and 3 of the second byte are not supported. A mechanical error indicates a home position detection error or validation ejection error. An automatically recoverable error indicates a high head temperature error. s Third byte (paper sensor information) Bits 5 and 6 of the third byte are not supported. s Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Bits 0 and 1 of the fourth byte are not supported. Bits 5 and 6 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 325
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 The default value is set by DIP switch 2-1. s Third byte (paper sensor information) When the paper roll cover is open, the paper-end sensor may not be correct. s Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Bits 2, 3, 5, 6 are not supported. Bits 5 and 6 can be customized by GS ( B as shown below: Bits 0 1 2, 3 4 5 6 7 Function Slip selected Slip not selected Slip printing enabled Slip printing disabled Reserved Fixed Not waiting for a slip to be inserted Waiting for a slip to be inserted Paper width sensor: paper present Paper width sensor: paper not present Fixed Binary 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 Hexadecimal 00 01 00 02 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 0 32 0 64 0
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 326
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 s The default is selected by DIP switch 2-1. s The third byte (paper sensor information) When the paper roll cover is open, the paper roll end sensor status may be incorrect. Bit 1 and bit 3 can be customized by GS ( B as follows: Bits 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Paper near-end sensor: paper present Paper near-end sensor: paper not present Not waiting for a slip to be inserted Waiting for a slip to be inserted Paper roll end sensor: paper present Paper roll end sensor: paper not present Not waiting for a slip to be ejected Waiting for a slip to be ejected Fixed Slip TOF sensor: paper present Slip TOF sensor: paper not present Slip BOF sensor: paper present Slip BOF sensor: paper not present Fixed Binary 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 Hexadecimal 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 32 0 64 0
s Fourth byte (paper sensor information) Bits 2, 3, 5, and 6 are not supported.
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 327
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 s The default is selected by DIP switch 2-1. s The second byte (printer information) Bit 3 is not supported. s The third byte (paper sensor information) Bit 1 and bit 3 can be customized by GS ( B as follows: Bits 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Paper near-end sensor: paper present Paper near-end sensor: paper not present Not waiting for a slip to be inserted Waiting for a slip to be inserted Paper roll end sensor: paper present Paper roll end sensor: paper not present Not waiting for a slip to be ejected Waiting for a slip to be ejected Fixed Slip TOF sensor: paper present Slip TOF sensor: paper not present Slip BOF sensor: paper present Slip BOF sensor: paper not present Fixed Binary 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 Hexadecimal 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 32 0 64 0
Status commands
GS a
Ver. 6.0 p. 328
CONFIDENTIAL
GS j
[Name] [Format]
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Enable/disable Ink Automatic Status Back (ASB) ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 When DIP switch 2-1 is Off: n = 0 When DIP switch 2-1 is On: n = 1 TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Enables or disables the ink ASB (Automatic Status Back). n specifies the status for the ASB in the table below: Bit Function 0 1 Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 00 01 00 02 00 0 1 0 2 0 GS 1D 29 j 6A 106
n n n
[Range] [Default]
Disable online/offline status of the ink mechanism 0 Enable online/offline status of the ink mechanism 1 Disable ink status detection Enable ink status detection 0 1 0
2~7 Reserved [Notes]
s The ink ASB status is a 4-byte message, consisting of [header + status A + status B + NUL]. s The header is [Hexadecimal = 35H/Decimal = 53]
Status commands
GS j
Ver. 6.0 p. 329
CONFIDENTIAL
s Status A is shown in the table below: Bit Function 0 1 2 Ink near-end not detected Ink near-end detected Ink end not detected Ink end detected Ink cartridge installed Ink cartridge not installed 3, 4 Reserved 5 6 7 Cleaning is being performed Fixed Fixed Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 20 40 00 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 32 64 0
sss sss
more
Cleaning is not being performed 0
s Status B is [Hexadecimal = 40H/Decimal = 64] s NUL is [Hexadecimal = 00H/Decimal = 0] s With a serial interface, the printer transmits a 4-byte ASB status message without confirming whether the host can receive data. ASB status, except for the XOFF code, is always consecutive. s With a parallel interface, when ASB status is used, it is desirable for the host to be in a reverse idle state. However, if the host computer cannot always be in the reverse idle state, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch for ASB status. If the host is not in the Reverse Mode for a long time, and the printer has to store ASB status changes to be transmitted, the following 2 sets (8 bytes) of ASB status are changed to special data and transmitted prior to other transmission data when the host enters Reverse Mode: ASB-1: Status information that shows whether status changes occurred ASB-2: The latest ASB status information
Status commands
GS j
Ver. 6.0 p. 330
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
If bits have a different value between (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), this means at least one change has occurred. An example is shown below: Header ASB-1 ASB-2 0011 0101 0011 0001 Status A 0110 0000 0100 0000 Status B 0100 0000 0100 0000 NUL 0000 0000 0000 0000
Bit 5 of Status A for ASB-1 and ASB-2 is different. From this information, you can see that the printer executed a cleaning but it has already finished. s It is possible to enable/disable multiple status items simultaneously. When n = 0, all status items are disabled, and ASB function is disabled. s ASB is enabled if any status item is selected. The printer transmits a 4-byte status message when this command is executed. The printer automatically transmits another 4-byte status message whenever the status changes. Each status item represents the current status.
n
Bit 0 Status Online/offline status of ink mechanism
ASB Status Description ASB Status Detect ink end Detect ink cartridge Cleaning Detect ink near-end Detect ink end Detect ink cartridge Bit Status A: Bit 1 Status A: Bit 2 Status A: Bit 5 Status A: Bit 0 Status A: Bit 1 Status A: Bit 2
Ink detection status
s If ASB is enabled when the printer is disabled by ESC =, the printer transmits a 4-byte status message whenever the status changes. s This command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s When block data [Header ~ NUL] is being transmitted, ASB status cannot be transmitted.
Status commands
GS j
Ver. 6.0 p. 331
CONFIDENTIAL
s Ink ASB status can be differentiated from other transmission data by the header. If the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex = 35H/Decimal = 53], the host should process 4-byte data up to NUL [Hex = 00H/ Decimal = 0] as ASB status. When identifying an ASB status message, there are exceptions, as follows: When processing block data [Header ~ NUL], do not identify ASB status. When the host communicates with the printer by XON/XOFF control, the host should process 4 bytes of data, except for the XOFF code, as ASB status. ASB status configuration is different from that of the XOFF code. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J8000
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"j";CHR&(2); Only sensor status can be selected.
TM-J8000 The default is selected by DIP switch 2-1. When an ink near-end is detected, the INK OUT light blinks. It is possible to print approximately 20,000 characters using font B with economy printing specified from the time when an ink nearend is detected to the time when an ink end is detected.
Status commands
GS j
Ver. 6.0 p. 332
CONFIDENTIAL
GS r
[Name] [Format] Transmit status ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29
Status commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
r 72 114
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D: 1 n 3, 49 n 51 TM-U675,TM-H6000: 1 n 3, 49 n 51, n = 80 TM-J8000: 1 n 5, 49 n 53 None TM-U300C/D Transmits 1 byte of status data using n as follows:
n
1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 4, 52 5, 53 80 [Notes]
Function Transmits paper sensor status [A] Transmits drawer kick-out connector status Transmits cut sheet (slip or validation) status Specifies ink status Specifies paper sensor status [B] Specifies status of the number of dots for cut sheet
s When 1 n 5 or 49 n 53 is specified, each status message is 1 byte. s When n = 80, the printer transmits the status of character string data which consists of [Header ~ NUL]. s The status to be transmitted is as follows:
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 333
CONFIDENTIAL
Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) Off/On Off On 2, 3 4 5 6 7 0 1-3 4 5, 6 7 Off On Off Off On Off On Off Hex 00 03 00 0C 00 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 3 0 12 0 0 32 0 64 0 Status Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate. Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end. Paper roll end sensor: paper present. Paper roll end sensor: paper not present. Fixed. TOF sensor: paper present. TOF sensor: paper not present. BOF sensor: paper present. BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed. Bit 0, 1
sss sss
more
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. Drawer kick-out connector status (n = 2, 50) Off/On Off On Off Off Hex 00 01 00 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0 Status Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. Reserved. Fixed. Reserved. Fixed.
Bit
Cut sheet status (n = 3, 51)
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 334
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
Transmits the remaining printing area, which is shown by the times of the height of resident characters by using the values from 00H to 0FH. When printing data in a print buffer, if there is not enough printing area, the printer starts printing after ejecting paper (including the waiting status for the paper to be removed) and inserting new paper. When cut sheet is not selected as the paper type, the status is 00H. The range for cut sheet status is different, depending on the printer model. Ink status (n = 4, 52) Function Ink near-end sensor: ink present Ink near-end sensor: ink not present 1, 2, 3 4 5, 6 7 Reserved Fixed Reserved Fixed Binary 0 1 0 0 Hexadecimal 00 01 00 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0 Bits 0
s The status to be transmitted is as follows: Bits 0 1, 2, 3 4 5, 6 7 Paper sensor status [B] (n = 5, 53) Function Paper width sensor: paper present Paper width sensor: paper not present Reserved Fixed Reserved Fixed Binary 0 1 0 0 Hexadecimal 00 01 00 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0
The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model.
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 335
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s When the status of the number of dots for a cut sheet is specified (n = 80), the printer transmits the number of dots of the remaining printing area for the cut sheet as a character string code to the host. The status consists of [Header ~ NUL]. Transmission data Header Identifier Number of dots (*) NUL Hex 37H 2BH 30H~39H 00H Decimal 55 43 48~57 0 Number of bytes 1 1 1~4 1
(*) The number of dots is based on a normal dot pitch. For the number of dots, values are converted to character data and the data is transmitted in order starting with the most significant character. When the number of dots for the remaining printing area is 120, 3 bytes of data are transmitted from the starting with the most significant character: 49, 50, and 48 in decimal (1 = 49, 2 = 50, 0 = 48). If there is not enough printing area, the printer starts printing after ejecting paper (including the waiting status for the paper to be removed) and new paper is inserted. If the cut sheet is not selected as the paper type or printing is not possible, the printer transmits the status (4-byte character string data) of number of dots is 0. When the cut sheet is selected as the paper type but the printer does not start counting the remaining printing area, the printer transmits the status (7-byte character string data) of number of dots is 9999. s When DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch for a serial interface, the printer transmits the status after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. s When XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch for a serial interface, the printer transmits the status without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s With a parallel interface, normal status is stored in the transmission buffer of the printer temporarily just as the other transmission data (except for ASB status), and when the host enters Reverse Mode, data is transmitted in order from the beginning of the transmission buffer. The transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data that exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should enter the Reverse Mode immediately to receive status.
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 336
CONFIDENTIAL
s Specifying paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) is processed after print and line feed commands are executed. If GS r 1 is used immediately after a print command, the printer can tell the host that printing is completed by using paper sensor status [A]. s Normal status can be differentiated from other transmission data by the information in bits 4 and 7. After outputting status with GS r, if the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx0xxxx(x = 0 or 1), the host should process the data as normal status. s The status of the number of dots for the remaining area can be differentiated from other transmission data by a special transmission data block. If a header of the transmission data from the printer is [Hex=37H/Decimal=55], the host should processes data up to NUL [Hex=00H/Decimal=0] as a group of data differentiated as follows: Transmission data The first byte (header) The second byte (identifier) Hex 37H 2BH Decimal 55 43
When XON/XOFF control is selected, the XOFF code may interrupt [Header ~ NUL]. TM-J8000 TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"r";CHR$(1); Transmits paper sensor status
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 337
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Handshaking for the serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) When the paper roll end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer goes offline and cannot execute this command. Therefore, bits 2 and 3 of the paper sensor status do not transmit paper-end status. When the paper roll cover is open, paper detection (detected by the paper roll end sensor) may be incorrect. s Slip status (n = 3, 51) Slip status is used as cut sheet status. The slip status sensor transmits values from 00H to 06H, based on the number of dots divided by 9. Status The Number of Remaining Dots 0 to 8 9 to 17 18 to 26 27 to 35 36 to 44 45 to 53 54 or more Hex 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 338
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U375 Handshaking for the serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) Bits 2 and 3 of the paper sensor status are undefined. Bits 5 and 6 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is the cut sheet sensor. s Cut sheet status (n = 3, 51) Cut sheet status can provide status for a slip or validation when selected as the paper source. The cut sheet status sensor transmits values from 00H to 0FH, based on the number of dots divided by 9. Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The Number of Remaining Dots 0~8 9~17 18~26 27~35 36~44 45~53 54~62 63~71 Status Hexadecimal 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Decimal 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The Number of Remaining Dots 72~80 81~89 90~98 99~107 108~116 117~125 126~134 135 or more
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 339
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 Handshaking for the serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-8. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) The names of the paper sensors for bits 5 and 6: Bit 5 is slip insertion sensor Bit 6 is slip ejection sensor
s Slip status (n = 3, 51) Slip status is used as cut sheet status. The slip status information for this printer is different from the standard ESC/POS cut sheet status information as follows: Status Slip Status No printing area or slip not selected. 1-line printing, excluding double-height characters, is possible. 1-line printing, including double-height characters, is possible. One or more lines can be printed with the line spacing set. Hex 00 01 02 03 Decimal 0 1 2 3
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 340
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U325D Handshaking for the serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) Bits 5 and 6 indicate the same paper sensor. The name of the paper sensor is validation sensor. s Validation sensor status (n = 3, 51) Validation status can be confirmed by cut sheet status. The validation sensor status transmits values from 00H to 0CH, based on the number of dots divided by 9. Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Status Hexadecimal 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C Decimal 7 8 9 10 11 12 The Number of Remaining Dots 63~71 72~80 81~89 90~98 99~107 108 or more
The Number of Remaining Dots 0~8 9~17 18~26 27~35 36~44 45~53 54~62
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 341
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Handshaking for the serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) When the paper roll end sensor detects a paper end, the printer stops printing and goes offline; therefore, paper not present status of bit 2 or 3 is not transmitted with this command. When the paper roll cover is open, the status of the paper roll end sensor may not be correct. s Cut sheet status (n = 3, 51) Slip status can be confirmed by the cut sheet status: Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The Number of Remaining Dots 0~47 48~95 96~143 144~191 192~239 240~287 288~335 336~383 Status Hexadecimal 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Decimal 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The Number of Remaining Dots 384~431 432~479 480~527 528~575 576~623 624~671 672~719 720 or more
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 342
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 Handshaking is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49)
sss sss
more
When the paper roll end sensor detects a paper end, the printer stops printing and goes offline; therefore, paper not present status of bit 2 or 3 is not transmitted with this command. When the paper roll cover is open, the status of the paper roll end sensor may not be correct. s Cut sheet sensor status (n = 3, 51) The cut sheet sensor status can check the face and back of a slip. If the paper source is the face of a slip: Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The Number of Remaining Dots 0~8 9~17 18~26 27~35 36~44 45~53 54~62 63~71 Status Hexadecimal 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Decimal 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The Number of Remaining Dots 72~80 81~89 90~98 99~107 108~116 117~125 126~134 135 or more
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 343
CONFIDENTIAL
If the paper source is the back of a slip: Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The Number of Remaining Dots 0~6 7~13 14~20 21~27 28~34 35~41 42~48 49~55 Status Hexadecimal 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Decimal 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
sss sss
more
The Number of Remaining Dots 56~62 63~69 70~76 77~83 84~90 91~97 98~104 105 or more
s When the slip is selected as the print sheet, the following items can be checked by GS r. When equipped with an endorsement printer: Status Hexadecimal 00 01~07 08 09~0F Decimal 0 1~7 8 9~15 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Possibility that paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 344
CONFIDENTIAL
When not equippped with an endorsement printer: Status Hexadecimal 00 01~0C 0D 0E, 0F Decimal 0 1~12 13 14, 15 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Possibility that paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse
sss sss
more
s When the slip (back) is selected as the print sheet, the following statuses can be checked by GS r. Status Hexadecimal 00 01~0F Decimal 0 1~15 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse
s Status of the number of dots for the remaining print area (n = 80) The status of a slip selected as the paper type can be checked. 1 dot equals 0.353 mm {1/72"}. When a surface of the slip is selected as the paper type, the following can be checked.
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 345
CONFIDENTIAL
When the printer is equipped with an endorsement unit: Status 0 1~72 73~334 9999 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse: counting for the remaining print area is not started (BOF detects a paper presence)
When the printer is not equipped with an endorsement unit: Status 0 1~121 122~334 9999 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse: counting for the remaining print area is not started (BOF detects a paper presence)
When a back of the slip is selected as the paper type: Status 0~6 7 or more Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 346
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 Handshaking is selected by DIP switch 1-3. s Paper sensor status [A] (n = 1, 49) When the paper end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer stops printing and goes offline; therefore, paper not present status of bit 2 or 3 is not transmitted with this command. s Cut sheet status (n = 3, 51) The cut sheet status can check the status of a slip and a validation sheet. Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The Number of Remaining Dots 0~8 9~17 18~26 27~35 36~44 45~53 54~62 63~71 Status Hexadecimal 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Decimal 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
sss sss
more
The Number of Remaining Dots 72~80 81~89 90~98 99~107 108~116 117~125 126~134 135 or more
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 347
CONFIDENTIAL
s When the slip is selected as the print sheet, the following items can be checked by GS r. Status Hexadecimal 00 01~0C 0D 0E, 0F Decimal 0 1~12 13 14, 15 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Possibility that paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse
sss sss
more
s When the validation is selected as the paper type, the following items can be checked by GS r. Do not feed the validation in reverse when printing because a paper jam might occur. Status Hexadecimal 00 01 02~0A Decimal 0 1 2~10 Printer status Paper is ejected when printing starts Normal size in vertical of a character can be printed A character with double size in vertical can be printed
s Status of the number of dots for the remaining print area (n = 80) The status of a slip or a validation selected as the paper type can be checked. 1 dot equals 0.353 mm {1/72"}.
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 348
CONFIDENTIAL
When a slip is selected as the paper type, the following items can be checked GS r: Status 0 1~121 122~334 9999 Printer status No paper in print head position or paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper cannot be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse Paper can be fed in reverse: counting for the remaining print area is not started (BOF detects a paper presence)
When the validation is selected as the paper type, the following items can be checked by GS r. Do not feed the validation in reverse when printing because a paper jam might occur. Status 0~8 9~17 18~93 Printer status Paper is ejected when printing starts Normal size in vertical of a character can be printed A character with double size in vertical can be printed
Status commands
GS r
Ver. 6.0 p. 349
CONFIDENTIAL
Bar code commands
BAR CODE COMMANDS

Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Name Select printing position of HRI characters Select font for HRI characters Set bar code height Print bar code Set bar code width
Bar code commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 350
CONFIDENTIAL
GS H
[Name] [Format]
Bar code commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select printing position of HRI characters ASCII Hex Decimal 0n3 48 n 51 GS 1D 29 H 48 72
n n n
n=0
TM-U375, TM-U925 Selects the printing position for Human Readable Interpretation (HRI) characters when printing a bar code, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 [Note]
Printing Position Not printed Above the bar code Below the bar code Both above and below the bar code
s HRI characters are printed using the font specified by GS f.
Bar code commands
GS H
Ver. 6.0 p. 351
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000 Print Sample
GS H 0

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); Set height FOR n=0 to 3 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"H";CHR$(n); Select print position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); NEXT n
GS H 1 GS H 2
GS H 3
TM-H5000II A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. TM-H6000 A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type.
Bar code commands
GS H
Ver. 6.0 p. 352
CONFIDENTIAL
GS f
[Name] [Format]
Bar code commands
SETTING COMMAND
Select font for HRI characters ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 f 66 102
n n n
n = 0, 1, 48, 49 n=0
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Selects a font for the Human Readable Interpretation (HRI) characters when printing a bar code, using n as follows:
n
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Font of HRI characters Font A Font B
s The font set by this command is effective only for HRI characters. s Configurations of font A and font B are different, depending on the printer model. s HRI characters are printed at the position specified by GS H. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); Set height PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"H";CHR$(2); Select print position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(0); Select font PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(1); Select font PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); Font B 4 9 6 5 9 5 7 0 7 3 7 9 7
Print Sample
Font A 4 9 6 5 9 5 7 0 7 3 7 9 7 GS H 3
Bar code commands
GS f
Ver. 6.0 p. 353
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. Character configurations: Font A: 12 24 Font B: 9 17 TM-J8000 Font configurations: Font A: 22 48 Font B: 18 36 TM-H6000 A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. Font configurations: Font A: 12 24 Font B: 9 17 TM-U675 A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. Font configurations: Font A: 5 9 Font B: 7 9
Bar code commands
GS f
Ver. 6.0 p. 354
CONFIDENTIAL
GS h
[Name] [Format] Set bar code height ASCI Hex Decimal 1 n 255 GS 1D 29
Bar code commands
SETTING COMMAND
h 68 104
n n n
[Range] [Default] [Description] [Note]
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000,TM-U675,TM-J8000: n = 162 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Sets the height of a bar code. n specifies the height of a bar code in the vertical direction. The setting value differs, depending on the printer model. The setting of this command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Print Sample
Height: 50

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(50); Set height to 50 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(100); Set height to 100 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0);
Height: 100
Bar code commands
GS h
Ver. 6.0 p. 355
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Bar code printing is possible only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. The setting unit is 1 dot. It is possible to set units of approximately 0.141 mm {1/180 inch}. TM-J8000 The setting unit is 2 dots. It is possible to set units of approximately 0.141 mm {1/180 inch}. TM-H6000 Setting unit is 1 dot. Possible to set approximately 0.141 mm {1/180 inch} unit. TM-U675 Setting unit is 1 dot. Possible to set approximately 0.353 mm {1/72 inch} unit.
Bar code commands
GS h
Ver. 6.0 p. 356
CONFIDENTIAL
GS k
[Name] [Format] Print bar code ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal [Default] [Description] GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29
Bar code commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
k 6B 107 k 6B 107
m m m m m m
d1 d1 d1 n n n
... dk NUL ... dk NUL ... dk NUL d1 ... dn d1 ... dn d1 ... dn
[Range]
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-J8000: 0 m 6 (k and d depend on the bar code system used) TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-J8000: 65 m 73 (n and d depend on the bar code system used) TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
None Select a bar code system and print the bar code. n of indicates the number of bytes of bar code data. d indicates the character code data of the bar code data to be printed.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 357
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
m specifies a bar code system as follows:

Number of Characters 11 k 12 11 k 12 12 k 13 7k8 Characters 0~9 0~9 0~9 0~9 Remarks 48 d 57 48 d 57 48 d 57 48 d 57
m
0 1 2 3 4
Amount Bar Code System of Data UPC-A UPC-E JAN13 (EAN13) JAN8 (EAN8) CODE39 Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Can be changed 1 k
0~9, A~Z 48 d 57, 65 d 90, SP, $, %, +, -, ., /, * d = 32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47 (start/stop character) d = 42 (start/stop character) 0~9 0~9, A~Z $, +, -, ., /,: 0~9 0~9 0~9 0~9 48 d 57 48 d 57, 65 d 68, d = 36, 43, 45, 46, 47, 58 48 d 57 48 d 57 48 d 57 48 d 57
5 6 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
ITF Can be changed 1 k (even number) (Interleaved 2 of 5) CODABAR (NW7) UPC-A UPC-E JAN13 (EAN13) JAN8 (EAN8) CODE39 Can be changed 1 k Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 11 n 12 11 n 12 12 n 13 7n8
Can be changed 1 n 255
0~9, A~Z 48 d 57, 65 d 90, SP, $, %, +, -, ., /, * d = 32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47 (start/stop character) d = 42 (start/stop character) 48 d 57 48 d 57, 65 d 68, d = 36, 43, 45, 46, 47, 58 0 d 127 0 d 127
ITF Can be changed 2 n 255 0~9 (Interleaved 2 of 5) (even number) (even number) CODABAR (NW7) CODE93 CODE128 Can be changed 1 n 255 Can be changed 1 n 255 Can be changed 2 n 255 0~9, A~Z $, +, -, ., /, : 00H~7FH 00H~7FH
Note: In the table above, k represents the number of characters.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 358
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s A bar code width that exceeds the printing area for one line cannot be set.
sss sss
more
s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when no data exists in the print buffer. s This command feeds as much paper as is required to print the bar code, regardless of the line spacing specified by command. s When page mode is selected, this command develops the bar code data in the print buffer but the printer does not print the bar code data. s The bar code is not affected by character size and print mode (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/black reverse printing, or 90 clockwise-rotated), except for upside-down printing mode. s Values of m from 0 to 6 and from 65 to 71 select the same bar code system, respectively. The printing results are the same. s When the value of m is from 0 to 6, processing of this command ends with NUL code. s If the number of a bar code [ITF (m = 5)] is an odd number, the last data is ignored. s When the value of m is from 65 to 71, the printer processes n bytes of data following n as bar code data. s This command does not set the left and right margins. When using the command, be sure to take this into consideration.
[UPC-A (m = 0, 65)] s Modular check characters are processed as follows: When the amount of data to be processed is 11 bytes, the modular check characters are added automatically. When the data to be processed is 12 bytes, that amount of data is processed as modular check characters. However, the amount of characters is not checked. s Left guard bar, center bar, and right guard bar are automatically added.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 359
CONFIDENTIAL
[UPC-E (m = 1, 66)] s The first data (d1) is processed as a number system character (NSC). Be sure to specify 0. s Modular check characters are processed as follows:
sss sss
more
When the amount of data to be processed is 11 bytes, the modular check characters are added automatically. When the data to be processed is 12 bytes, that data is processed as modular check characters. However, the amount of characters is not checked. s Prints a 6-column short code. Left guard bar and right guard bar are added automatically. [JAN13/EAN13 (m = 2, 67)] s Modular check characters are processed as follows: When the data to be processed is 12 bytes, the characters are added automatically. When the data to be processed is 13 bytes, the thirteenth byte is processed as a modular check character. However, the amount of characters is not checked. s Left guard bar, center bar, and right guard bar are added automatically. [JAN8/EAN8 (m = 3, 68)] s Modular check characters are processed as follows: When the data to be processed is 7 bytes, the characters are added automatically. When the data to be processed is 8 bytes, byte eight is processed as a modular check character. However, the amount of characters is not checked. s Left guard bar, center bar, and right guard bar are added automatically.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 360
CONFIDENTIAL
[JAN39 (m = 4, 69)] s Start code (ASCII=*/Hex=2AH/Decimal=42) is processed as follows:
sss sss
more
When the first bar code byte (d1) is *, the printer processes the data as a start code. If the first bar code byte (d1) is not *, the printer adds a start code (*) automatically. s Stop code (ASCII=*/Hex=2AH/Decimal=42) is processed as follows: When the last code (dk or dn) is *, the printer processes the data as a stop code. When the last code (dk or dn) is not *, the printer adds a stop code (*) automatically. If the printer encounters * in the bar code, the printer processes the data as a stop code. In this case, the bar code followed by * is printed and the processing is ended. s A check digit is not calculated and added. [ITF (Interleaved 2 of 5)(m = 5, 70)] s The start code and stop code are added automatically. s A check digit is not calculated and added. [CODEBAR (NW-7) (m = 6, 71)] s The start code and stop code are not added automatically; therefore, these should be included in the data and transmitted. s A check digit is not calculated and added. [CODE93 (m = 72)] s Start and stop characters are added automatically. s Check digits (2 characters) are calculated and added automatically. s Special characters in an HRI character set are processed as follows: " " is printed for the HRI start and stop characters. "s + an alphabetic character" is printed for an HRI control character.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 361
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
[CODE 128 (m = 73)] s Be sure to specify the start character. The start character is a code set selection character. Specify CODE A, CODE B, or CODE C for the first two bytes (d1, d2). s Bar codes for special characters are shown in the table below: Transmit two bytes of data: {+ character code" from the host. For the bar code data for a bracket " {," transmit {{ from the host. Transmit data Special character SHIFT CODE A CODE B CODE C FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 FNC4 { ASCII {+S {+A {+B {+C {+1 {+2 {+3 {+4 {+{ Hex 7B, 53 7B, 41 7B, 42 7B, 43 7B, 31 7B, 32 7B, 33 7B, 34 7B, 7B Decimal 123 + 83 123 + 65 123 + 66 123 + 67 123 + 49 123 + 50 123 + 51 123 + 52 123 + 123
s The stop character is added automatically. s Check digit is calculated and added automatically. s Special characters in an HRI character set are processed as follows: The HRI characters for shift character (SHIFT) and code set selection character (CODE A, CODE B, CODE C) are not printed. Space is printed for the HRI function characters (FNC1, FNC2, FNC3, FNC4) and control characters (00H~1FH, 7FH). [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 362
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); Set height PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(67);CHR$(12); PRINT #1, "496595707379"; Print bar code
Print Sample
TM-H5000II A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. TM-J8000 Fine printing is always performed for bar code printing (except for HRI), regardless of the setting of GS E. TM-H6000 A bar code cannot be printed on a back of a slip. When printing a bar code, take the following into account. s A ladder bar code cannot be printed. s Add HRI characters. s It is recommended to use a black ribbon, ERC-32 (B) sold separately. Bar code recognition ratio will differ depending on density and color balance of a black ribbon and capability of a bar code reader; therefore, when a bar code cannot be read, input the HRI characters so that the bar code can be processed. TM-U675 When printing a bar code, take the following into account. s A ladder bar code cannot be printed. s Add HRI characters. s It is recommended to use a black ribbon, ERC-32 (B) sold separately. s Bar code recognition ratio will differ depending on density and color balance of a black ribbon and capability of a bar code reader; therefore, when a bar code cannot be read, input the HRI characters so that the bar code can be processed.
Bar code commands
GS k
Ver. 6.0 p. 363
CONFIDENTIAL
GS w
[Name] [Format] Set bar code width ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29
Bar code commands
SETTING COMMAND
w 77 119
n n n
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675: 2 n 6 TM-J8000: 2 n 6, 68 n 76 TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-J8000: n = 3 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Sets the horizontal size of a bar code. n specifies the bar code width. s The units for n depend on the printer model. TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 Print Sample

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); Set height PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(3); Set width size to 3 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(4); Set width size to 4 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(5); Set width size to 5 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0);
Width size 3
Width size 4
Width size 5
Bar code commands
GS w
Ver. 6.0 p. 364
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type.
n specifies the bar code width as follows:

Binary Level Bar Code Module Width (mm) for Multilevel Bar Code Thin Element Width (mm) Thick Element Width (mm) 0.282 0.423 0.564 0.706 0.847 0.282 0.423 0.564 0.706 0.847 0.706 1.129 1.411 1.834 2.258
n
2 3 4 5 6
The multilevel bar codes are UPC-A, UPC-E, JAN13 (EAN13), JAN8 (EAN8), CODE93, and CODE128. The binary level bar codes are CODE39, ITF, and CODABAR.
Bar code commands
GS w
Ver. 6.0 p. 365
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 Module width is as follows: Module width of Multi- 2-value level bar code level bar code Thin element width Approximately 0.282 Approximately 0.353 Approximately 0.423 Approximately 0.494 Approximately 0.564 Approximately 0.635 Approximately 0.706 Approximately 0.776 Approximately 0.847 Approximately 0.282 Approximately 0.353 Approximately 0.423 Approximately 0.494 Approximately 0.564 Approximately 0.635 Approximately 0.706 Approximately 0.776 Approximately 0.847
n
2, 68 69 3, 70 71 4, 72 73 5, 74 75 6, 76
Thick element width Approximately 0.706 Approximately 0.882 Approximately 1.129 Approximately 1.235 Approximately 1.411 Approximately 1.588 Approximately 1.834 Approximately 1.940 Approximately 2.258
(Unit: mm)
Bar code commands
GS w
Ver. 6.0 p. 366
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type.

Binary Level Bar Code
n
2 3 4 5 6
Module Width (mm) for Multilevel Bar Code 0.282 0.423 0.564 0.706 0.847
Thin Element Width (mm) 0.282 0.423 0.564 0.706 0.847
Thick Element Width (mm) 0.706 1.129 1.411 1.834 2.258
Bar code commands
GS w
Ver. 6.0 p. 367
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 A bar code can be printed only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type.

Binary Level Bar Code
n
2 3 4 5 6
Module Width (mm) for Multilevel Bar Code 0.635 0.953 1.27 1.588 1.905
Thin Element Width (mm) 0.635 0.953 1.27 1.588 1.905
Thick Element Width (mm) 1.588 2.54 3.175 4.128 5.08
Bar code commands
GS w
Ver. 6.0 p. 368
CONFIDENTIAL
Macro function commands
MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS

Command GS : GS ^ Name Start/end macro definition Execute macro
Ver. 6.0 p. 369
CONFIDENTIAL
GS :
[Name] [Format]
Start/end macro definition ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Starts or ends macro definition. s Macro definition starts when this command is processed during normal operation and ends when it is processed during macro definition. s While the macro is defined, the printing is also executed. s The maximum amount of data that can be defined as a macro is different, depending on the printer model. If the macro definition exceeds the maximum amount of data, the excess data is not stored. s If the printer processes this command again immediately after previously processing it, the printer clears the definition. s If GS ^ is processed during macro definition, this command is canceled and the definition is cleared. s A macro is not defined when the power is turned on. s The defined contents of the macro are not cleared by ESC @. s The macro is executed by GS ^. GS 1D 29 : 3A 58
TM-H5000II
TM-J8000
TM-H6000
TM-U675
See program example and print sample for GS : and GS ^.
GS :
Ver. 6.0 p. 370
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The maximum amount of data that can be defined is 2048 bytes. TM-J8000 The maximum amount of data that can be defined is 2048 bytes. TM-H6000 The maximum amount of data that can be defined is 2048 bytes. TM-U675 The maximum amount of data that can be defined is 2048 bytes.
GS :
Ver. 6.0 p. 371
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ^
[Name] [Format] Execute macro ASCII Hex Decimal 0 r 255 0 t 255 m = 0, 1 None GS 1D 29 ^ 5E 94
EXECUTING COMMAND
r r r
t t t
m m m
[Range]
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
Executes a macro r times while waiting t 100 msec for each macro execution, using the mode specified by m as follows: When m = 0, the macro executes r times continuously at the interval specified by t. When m = 1, the printer waits for the period specified by t, blinks the LED, and then waits for the paper FEED button to be pressed. After this button is pressed, the printer executes the macro once. The printer repeats this operation r times. s If a macro is not defined or if r is 0, this command is ignored. s This command cannot be included in a macro. Do not use this command during a macro execution. s When m = 1, paper cannot be fed with the paper FEED button. s The LED and the paper FEED button are different, depending on the printer model. s The macro is defined by GS :. The macro function is useful to print the same data repeatedly. To define a macro, send GS : just before and after the data to be repeated. And then execute macro by using GS ^ to print the same data repeatedly. The macro function eliminates the need for sending all the print data every time.
[Notes]
TM-H5000II
TM-J8000
TM-H6000
TM-U675
See program example and print sample for GS : and GS ^.
GS ^
Ver. 6.0 p. 372
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for GS : and GS ^
Program Example Print Sample
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);":"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, "*** Hello"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(17); PRINT #1, "EPSON"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, "World! ***"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, "No. PRINT #1, "Name PRINT #1, "Address PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(5); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);":"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"^";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); "; CHR$(&HA); "; CHR$(&HA); "; CHR$(&HA);
No. Name Address Hello
EPSON World!
Defines a macro
No.
Hello
EPSON World!
Name Address
GS ^
Ver. 6.0 p. 373
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II When m = 1, the PAPER OUT and RELEASE LED indicators blink during the macro waiting state. When m = 1, the FEED, FORWARD, and REVERSE can be used as paper feed buttons. TM-J8000 PAPER OUT light blinks during macro standby state (in macro executing mode, m = 1). Paper feed buttons to be used are PAPER FEED and SLIP FEED. TM-H6000 When m = 1, the PAPER OUT LED blinks when the printer is in the macro standby state. Use the FEED button to execute the macro. TM-U675 When m = 1, the PAPER OUT LED blinks when the printer is in the macro standby state. Use the FEED button to execute the macro.
GS ^
Ver. 6.0 p. 374
CONFIDENTIAL
Mechanism control commands
MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS

Command ESC < ESC F ESC U ESC i ESC m ESC o ESC q GS V Name Return home Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off Partial cut (one point left uncut) Partial cut (three points left uncut) Stamp Paper release Select cut mode and cut paper
Ver. 6.0 p. 375
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC <
[Name] [Format] Return home ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27 < 3C 60
EXECUTING COMMAND
None
Moves the print head to the standby position. s The standby position is different, depending on the printer model. s The command rechecks the standby position; therefore, print position might be shifted before and after checking the standby position.
TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"<";
ESC <
Ver. 6.0 p. 376
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The standby position is on the left. This command is effective only when the slip is selected as the paper type. TM-U375 The standby position is approximately in the center of the line. Do not use ESC < with the cut sheet inserted. Otherwise, a paper jam will occur. TM-U925 The standby position is on the right. TM-U325D The standby position is on the left. TM-U300C/D The standby position is on the left. TM-J8000 The standby position is on the right. TM-H6000 The standby position is on the right. The print head (serial impact dot head) for the slip (face) moves with this command. TM-U675 The standby position is on the right.
ESC <
Ver. 6.0 p. 377
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC F
[Name] [Format]
SETTING COMMAND
Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 TM-H5000II: n =1 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Sets or cancels the cut sheet (slip or validation) reverse eject. When the LSB of n is 0, the cut sheet reverse ejection is canceled. When the LSB of n is 1, the cut sheet reverse ejection is set. s When the cut sheet reverse ejection is canceled, forward ejection is set. s The eject direction set by this command is effective only when a cut sheet is ejected. s The eject length is specified by ESC C. ESC 1B 27 F 46 70
n n n
[Notes]
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000
TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"F";CHR$(0); Cancel reverse eject
ESC F
Ver. 6.0 p. 378
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is effective only when the slip is selected as the paper type and affects ejection. TM-H6000 This command affects printing only on roll paper and the face of slip paper. When the face of the slip is selected, there is an area in which reverse feeding is not possible. See the diagram and table below. Area in which reverse feeding is not possible Equipped with endorsement printer Maximum distance between a and b Maximum distance between b and c 41 mm Not equipped with endorsement printer 58 mm Using paper more than 90 mm wide 84 mm
a: b:
92 mm
75 mm
c:
ESC F
Ver. 6.0 p. 379
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 When slip paper is selected, there is an area in which reverse feeding is not possible. See the diagram and table below. Area in which reverse feeding is not possible Normal check paper Maximum distance between a and b Maximum distance between b and c 58 mm 75 mm Using paper more than 90 mm wide 84 mm
a: b:
c:
ESC F
Ver. 6.0 p. 380
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC U
[Name] [Format]
SETTING COMMAND
Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 TM-H5000II, TM-J8000, TM-U325D, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D: n = 0 TM-U375, TM-H6000, TM-U675: Standard mode: n = 0 Page mode: n = 1 None Turns unidirectional printing mode on or off. When the LSB of n is 0, unidirectional printing mode is turned off. When the LSB of n is 1, unidirectional printing mode is turned on. s This mode can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode. s When unidirectional printing mode is turned off, bidirectional printing mode is automatically turned on. s When page mode is selected, the printer performs unidirectional printing for all data that is to be collectively printed using FF or ESC FF. s Unidirectional printing mode can be turned on when printing double-height characters or downloaded bit image to ensure that the top and bottom of the printing patterns are aligned. ESC 1B 27 U 55 85
n n n
[Range] [Default]
[Notes]
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); Unidirectional printing mode turned on
ESC U
Ver. 6.0 p. 381
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command is effective only when slip is selected as the paper type. TM-H6000 The setting of this command affects printing on the face of a slip.
ESC U
Ver. 6.0 p. 382
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC i
[Name] [Format]
EXECUTING COMMAND
Partial cut (one point left uncut) ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Executes a partial cut of the paper roll with one point left uncut. s GS V also can be used to cut paper, and GS V is recommended for cutting paper. ESC i is an obsolete command. s This command is enabled only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. If cut sheet (slip or validation) is selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s If an autocutter is not provided for the paper roll selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When using this command, there is a gap between the autocutter and printing position. ESC 1B 27 i 69 105
None
See program example and print sample for ESC i and ESC m.
ESC i
Ver. 6.0 p. 383
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC m
[Name] [Format]
EXECUTING COMMAND
Partial cut (three points left uncut) ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Executes a partial cut of the paper roll with three points left uncut. s GS V also can be used to cut paper, and GS V is recommended for cutting paper. ESC m is an obsolete command. s This command is enabled only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. If cut sheet (slip or validation) is selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s If an autocutter is not provided for the paper roll selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When using this command, there is a gap between the autocutter and printing position. ESC 1B 27 m 6D 109
None
See program example and print sample for ESC i and ESC m.
ESC m
Ver. 6.0 p. 384
CONFIDENTIAL
Program example for ESC i and ESC m
Program Example
PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(2); Select paper type PRINT #1," AAAAA"; PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(5); PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"m"; Cut paper PRINT #1," BBBBB"; Cut paper BBBBB ESC i leaves paper joined in one place. PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(5); PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"i"; AAAAA ESC m leaves paper joined in three places.
Print Sample
ESC m
Ver. 6.0 p. 385
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC o
[Name] [Format] Stamp ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27
EXECUTING COMMAND
o 6F 111
TM-H5000II, TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000
Executes stamp printing on the receipt paper. s This command is enabled only when the receipt paper is selected as the paper type. If cut sheet (slip paper) is selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s If a stamp is not provided for the receipt paper selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When using this command, there is a gap between the stamp position and the printing position.
None Print Sample

PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(2); Select paper type PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"o"; Stamp PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(13); PRINT #1," AAAAA";CHR$(&HA);
YOUR RECEIPT
Thank you Call again
AAAAA
ESC o
Ver. 6.0 p. 386
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC q
[Name] [Format] Paper release ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27
EXECUTING COMMAND
q 71 113
TM-U925, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000
Releases the cut sheet. s When cut sheet (slip or validation) is selected as the paper type, the printer waits for the paper to be removed after executing a release; then the printer selects paper roll as the paper type. s When the paper roll is selected as the paper type, the printer starts the next operation immediately after executing a release.
TM-H5000II
TM-H6000
TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"q";
ESC q
Ver. 6.0 p. 387
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. TM-H6000 When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. TM-U675 When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line.
ESC q
Ver. 6.0 p. 388
CONFIDENTIAL
GS V
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Select cut mode and cut paper ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29 V 56 86 V 56 86
m m m m m m
n n n
[Range]
TM-J8000, TM-H6000, TM-U675: m = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-J8000, TM-H6000, TM-U675: m = 65, 66; 0 n 255 TM-H5000II: m = 1, 49 TM-H5000II: m = 66; 0 n 255 TM-U325D: m = 65, 66; 0 n 255
None TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D Select a paper cutting mode using m and then cut the paper, as follows:
m
0, 48 1, 49 65 66
Function Executes a full cut (cuts the paper completely). Executes a partial cut (one point left uncut). Feeds paper to (cutting position + n vertical motion unit) and executes a full cut (cuts the paper completely). Feeds paper to (cutting position + n vertical motion unit) and executes a partial cut (one point left uncut).
GS V
Ver. 6.0 p. 389
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes for and ] s These commands are enabled only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. If cut sheet (slip or validation) is selected as the paper type, these commands are ignored. s When standard mode is selected, these commands are enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s Some printer models support a full cut (m = 0, 48 or 65). s When using these commands, there is a gap between the autocutter position and the printing position. [Note for ] [Notes for ] s If an autocutter is not provided for the paper roll selected as the paper type, this command is ignored. s When n = 0, the printer feeds the paper to the cutting position and cuts it. s If an autocutter is not provided for the paper roll selected as the paper type, the printer only feeds the paper to manual-cutter position. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(2); Select paper type PRINT #1, " AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V";CHR$(66);CHR$(0); Feed paper and cut AAAAA
Print Sample
Paper fed to the cutting position and partial cut (one point left uncut) performed
GS V
Ver. 6.0 p. 390
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The autocutter mounted on the printer executes only a partial cut (one point left uncut); therefore, the printer executes a partial cut even if m = 0, 48, or 65. TM-H6000 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The autocutter mounted on the printer executes only a partial cut (one point left uncut); therefore, the printer executes a partial cut even if m = 0, 48, or 65. TM-U325D The printer feeds the paper to [cutting position + n (1/144 inch)]. The cutting position is the manual cutter position. The printer does not have an autocutter; therefore, paper cannot be cut automatically. TM-J8000 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The autocutter can perform only a full cut. Therefore, when m = 1, 49, 66, the printer performs a full cut. TM-U675 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The autocutter mounted on the printer executes only a partial cut (one point left uncut); therefore, the printer executes a partial cut even if m = 0, 48, or 65.
GS V
Ver. 6.0 p. 391
CONFIDENTIAL
MICR commands
MICR (MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER RECOGNITION) COMMANDS

Command DLE EOT BS FS ( f FS a 0 FS a 1 FS a 2 FS b FS c Name Real-time MICR status transmission Select MICR data handling Read check paper Load check paper to print starting position Eject check paper Request retransmission of check paper reading result MICR mechanism cleaning
MICR commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 392
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE EOT BS
[Name] [Format]
MICR commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Real-time MICR status transmission ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 EOT 04 4 BS 08 8
n n n
n=1
None TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Transmits 1 byte of MICR status in real time when n = 1. s This command is valid with printers with the MICR option. s The printer executes this command upon receiving it. s The printer transmits the status without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s With a serial interface model, this command is executed even when the printer is offline, the receive buffer is full, or an error occurs. s With a parallel interface model, this command is not executed in the following status conditions, because the printer is busy and unable to receive data from the host computer. The DIP switch (BUSY condition) is different, depending on the printer model. Receive buffer is full when DIP switch is set to On. Printer is offline, an error occurs, or receive buffer is full when DIP switch is set to Off. s This command is ignored during the process of transmitting the check paper reading result.
MICR commands
DLE EOT BS
Ver. 6.0 p. 393
CONFIDENTIAL
s The MICR status to be transmitted is as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 MICR status (n = 1) Off/On Off On Off On Off On 4 5 6 7 On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 02 00 04 00 08 10 00 20 00 40 00 Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Function Fixed Fixed MICR function selected. MICR function not selected. Does not wait for check paper or cleaning sheet insertion. Waits for check paper or cleaning sheet insertion. Not used. Fixed to On. TOF sensor: paper present. TOF sensor: paper not present. BOF sensor: paper present. BOF sensor: paper not present. Fixed
Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. s Real-time status can be differentiated by bits 0, 1, 4, and 7 from the other transmitted data. If the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx1xx10 (x is 0 or 1), the host should process the data as real-time status. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H4);CHR$(&H8);CHR$(1); Transmits MICR status
MICR commands
DLE EOT BS
Ver. 6.0 p. 394
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. TM-H6000 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. TM-U675 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. TM-U925 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-5. The names of the paper sensors for bits 5 and 6: Check insertion sensor is the same sensor as the TOF sensor. Check ejection sensor is the same sensor as the BOF sensor.
MICR commands
DLE EOT BS
Ver. 6.0 p. 395
CONFIDENTIAL
FS ( f
[Name] [Format]
MICR commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Select MICR data handling ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 ( 28 40 f 66 102
pL pH [n m]1...[n m]k pL pH [n m]1...[n m]k pL pH [n m]1...[n m]k
[Range]
2 (pL + pH 256) 65535 (0 pL 255, 0 pH 255 0 n 3, 48 n 51 0 m 255 Always m = 0 for each n TM-J8000, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D Selects the MICR reading operations, using n as follows: pL, pH specifies the number of parameters following n as (pL + pH 256) bytes. n specifies the type of reading processing. n Function 0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 Specifies processing for unrecognized characters Specifies detailed information for the reading result Specifies no addition of the reading result in an abnormal end Specifies a header for transmission data
m specifies each operation as follows: When n = 0, 48, m specifies processing of characters that have not been recognized by analyzing magnetic waveforms:
m
0 1 255
Function Reading is stopped when a character that cannot be recognized is detected. The character that cannot be recognized is replaced with the character ? and reading is continued. When the number of characters that are replaced with ? becomes (m + 1), the reading is stopped.
MICR commands
FS ( f
Ver. 6.0 p. 396
CONFIDENTIAL
m
0 1 Function Not to add detailed information for an abnormal end. Add detailed information for an abnormal end. When n = 2, 50, m specifies no addition of the reading result for an abnormal end:
sss sss
more
When n = 1, 49, m specifies whether detailed information is added to the reading result or not:
m
0, 48 1, 49
Function The MICR function ends after sending the reading result. The MICR function is continued after sending the reading result only for the following abnormal ends: When the length of the sheet inserted is other than that specified. When a magnetic that cannot be read is detected by analyzing the magnetic waveform. When an abnormality is detected by noise measurement. When the process of FS a 0 is stopped by a cover open. When n = 3, 51, m specifies the header of the reading result sent to the host.
m
0, 48 1, 49
Function Specifies a 1-byte header. Hex = 5FH/Decimal = 55 Specifies a header with an identifier of 2 bytes. The first byte: Hex = 37H/ Decimal = 55 The second byte: Hex = 2AH/ Decimal = 42
[Notes]
s The value set by this command affects a process of FS a 0. s The reading result for an unrecognized character detected by analyzing the magnetic waveform is an abnormal end, regardless of the setting specified by n (n = 0, 48).
MICR commands
FS ( f
Ver. 6.0 p. 397
CONFIDENTIAL
[header] is 1 byte or 2 bytes specified by n (3 or 51). [detailed information] is 1-byte data as follows: Data Hex Decimal Detailed Information 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 No error has occurred (normal end). FS a 0 command is not executed yet. The check insertion waiting status has been canceled with the command.
sss sss
more
s When n = 1, 49, if m = 1 (add detailed information), transmission of the reading result by FS a 0 consists of [header + reading status + detailed information + separation + reading data + NUL].
The check insertion waiting status has been canceled because the time set by ESC f command has passed. A check with a length other than that specified is inserted. A magnetic waveform cannot be detected in reading process. An unrecognized character is detected by waveform analysis. A recoverable error or automatically recoverable error occurred during the processing of FS a 0. An error was detected during noise measurement. The processing of an FS a 0 command is stopped due to a cover open.
[Separation] is a 1-byte code consisting of [Hex=1FH/Decimal=31]. [Reading data] is added when the result of FS a 0 is a normal end or when (n = 0, 48) and if m is not 0, and the number of ? is less than m. [NUL] is a 1-byte code consisting of [Hex = 00H/Decimal = 0].
MICR commands
FS ( f
Ver. 6.0 p. 398
CONFIDENTIAL
s When n = 2, 50 [MICR function end after sending the reading result (m = 0, 48)] is selected, after transmitting the reading result, the printer processes the following operations during FS a 0. Ejects the check (including waiting time for the check sheet to be ejected). MICR status is set to [MICR function = not selected]. The default sheet set by ESC c 0 is selected as the paper type. s The MICR function is continued after transmitting the reading result in either of the following situations. In this case, the check is not ejected and the MICR status is not changed. The reading result is normal. The reading result is abnormal: When n = 0, 48, m 0 (unrecognized character is replaced with ?), and the reading data is added to the reading result.
When n = 2, 50, m = 1, 49 (MICR function is continued), and the cause of the abnormal end is the same as specified in the command. [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"(f";CHR$(4);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(1);CHR$(3);CHR$(1); Addition of detailed information and a header with an identifier are selected PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"a0";CHR$(0);
MICR commands
FS ( f
Ver. 6.0 p. 399
CONFIDENTIAL
FS a 0
[Name] [Format] Read check paper ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 None FS 1C 28 a 61 97
MICR commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
0 30 48
n n n
TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000
Selects the MICR function and reads the check paper, using n as follows: Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 1 2-7 Off On Off On 0 00 01 00 02 00 0 1 0 2 0 Reserved Readable fonts. See the table below.
Readable fonts: Bit 1 Bit 0 Off Off On On Off On Off On
Hex 00 01 02 03
Decimal 0 1 2 3
Font E13B CMC7 Reserved Reserved
[Notes]
If an undefined font is selected, this command is ignored. s Readable fonts indicate the character standard for converting a readable waveform to character data. This command is ignored when a reserved font is specified.
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 400
CONFIDENTIAL
s This command is supported only by printers with the MICR option.
sss sss
more
s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s If this command is processed in page mode, it is ignored. s If MICR function is not selected when this command is executed, the MICR function is selected and the printer enters the check paper waiting status. The printer waits for the check paper until it is inserted, the waiting time t1 set by ESC f elapses, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. The selected/ unselected status of the MICR function is confirmed by DLE EOT BS. s During the check paper waiting period, the printer processes only real-time commands, such as DLE EOT or DLE ENQ. s It is possible to cancel the check paper waiting status using DLE ENQ 3. In this case, however, data in the print and receive buffer is cleared. The check paper insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT BS. s If a character detected cannot be identified in the specified character font, the printer ends this command and transmits header + reading status (abnormal end) + NUL (bit 5 of reading status is On) to the host computer. s The printer transmits the reading result to the host computer after reading. When the printer ends reading normally, it transmits header + reading status (normal end) + data + NUL to the host computer. When a reading result is abnormal, the printer transmits header + reading status (abnormal end) + NUL to the host computer. [Detailed information + separation], [reading data], or [detailed information + separation + reading data] is added after [reading status (abnormal end)] by FS ( f.
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 401
CONFIDENTIAL
s Reading status: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On On Off Hex 00 01 00 00 00 08 00 10 00 20 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 16 0 32 64 0 Function Readable font: E13B Readable font: CMC7 Reserved Reserved Detailed information: not added Detailed information: added Rereading possible Rereading not possible Reading: Normal end Reading: Abnormal end Fixed Fixed
sss sss
more
s The reading data is a series of ASCII codes corresponding to the reading results. When the reading status is abnormal end, the reading data includes ?. s NUL is [Hex = 00H/Decimal = 0]. s Header can be specified by FS ( f as follows: 1-byte header (Hex = 5FH/Decimal = 95) 2-byte header with an identifier (Hex = 37H + 2AH/Decimal = 55 + 42) s Bits 0 and 1 of the reading status indicate identified character fonts. When an abnormal end occurs, bit 0 and bit 1 have no meaning. s In the following cases, rereading is not possible (bit 4 is On): When the printer does not support the function of rereading. When the printer reaches the maximum times for rereading (the maximum times are different for different models). When the MICR status is not selected.
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 402
CONFIDENTIAL
s The following cases are abnormal ends (bit 5 of reading status is On):
sss sss
more
Character waveforms cannot be detected. Normal waveform reading cannot be detected. The check paper waiting status is canceled by DLE ENQ 3 or DLE DC 4. The wait time t1 set by ESC f has elapsed. When check paper with a length other than that specified is inserted. When an error is detected by noise measurement. An error occurs during the period from the start of command processing to the transmission of a header (an error in communication is not included). The processing of FS a 0 is stopped due to a cover open. s When bit 4 of reading status is Off (rereading possible), FS a 0, FS a 1, FS a 2, FS b, FS ( e, GS ( G and real-time commands are processed. When processing the other codes, the MICR function ends after specifying the reading status as [rereading not possible]. s When the MICR function is selected and bit 4 of reading status is On (rereading not possible), FS a 1, FS a 2, FS b, FS ( e, GS ( G and real-time commands are processed. When processing the other codes, the MICR function ends. s The end processing of the MICR functions is as follows: The MICR function is set to [MICR not selected]. The check paper is ejected (including the paper ejection waiting status). Paper roll is selected as the paper source. The reading ends normally. The reading ends abnormally, and the reading result is added (specified by FS ( f). The MICR function is continued after the abnormal end (specified by FS ( f).
s In either of the following cases, the check paper is not ejected after transmitting the reading result:
s When bit 5 of reading status is Off (reading ends normally), the printer does not eject the check paper. s When an abnormal end occurs due to a recoverable error, the printer does not transmit "Header ~ NUL." The printer recovers from the error by DLE ENQ after removing the cause of the error, ejects the check paper, deselects the MICR function, and selects the paper roll as the paper source.
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 403
CONFIDENTIAL
s When sending a reading result, ASB status and real-time commands cannot be used.
sss sss
more
s Even if the ASB function is selected, the ASB status is not transmitted during reading and "Header ~ NUL" transmission. s When DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch for a serial interface, the printer confirms just before transmitting the header that the host computer is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. After transmitting the header, the printer transmits all data without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s When XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch for a serial interface, the printer transmits "Header ~ NUL" consecutively without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s With a parallel interface, data of "Header ~ NUL" is stored in the transmission buffer of the printer temporarily the same as the other transmission data (except for ASB status), and when the host enters Reverse Mode, data is transmitted in order from the beginning of the transmission buffer. The transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data which exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should be changed to the Reverse Mode immediately and execute a receive processing of status. s The printer is busy immediately before sending the header. After sending NUL, the printer returns to be ready (except for being busy for some other reason). s Paper feeding with the paper FEED button cannot be performed during the period from starting MICR reading to ending check paper ejection. s Reading results can be differentiated by the header of block data from other transmitted data. After outputting FS a 0 to the printer, if the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex=5FH/Decimal=95], the host should process the data up to NUL [Hex=00H/Decimal=0]. There is an exception: When the host communicates with the printer by XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code might interrupt [Header ~ NUL].
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 404
CONFIDENTIAL
s MICR encoding table
TM-H5000II
TM-U925
TM-H6000
TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"a0";CHR$(0); Readable font as E13B
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 405
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. The printer does not support the rereading function. Bit 4 of reading status is always fixed to On (rereading not possible). TM-U925 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-8. The printer can only reread once. The printer does not detect the following errors: The length of a check paper Cover open during a process of this command
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 406
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 Handshaking with the host is selected by DIP switch 1-3. This printer does not support the rereading function; therefore, reading status is always [rereading not possible (Bit 4 = 1)]. The readable characters printed with CMC7 are 15 types as shown below: Numeric ASCII Hex Decimal TM-U675 Handshaking is selected by DIP switch 1-3. The printer does not support the rereading function. Bit 4 of reading status is always fixed to On (rereading not possible). The readable characters printed with CMC7 are 15 types as shown below: Numeric ASCII Hex Decimal 0~9 31 ~ 39 48 ~ 57 Special symbols # 23 35 / 2F 47 = 3D 61 > 3E 62 5F 94 0~9 31 ~ 39 48 ~ 57 Special symbols # 23 35 / 2F 47 = 3D 61 > 3E 62 5F 94
Character Type Transmission data
Character Type Transmission data
MICR commands
FS a 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 407
CONFIDENTIAL
FS a 1
[Name] [Format]
MICR commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
Load check paper to print starting position ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Loads the check paper to the print starting position. s This command is supported only by printers with the MICR option. s This command is ignored unless the MICR function is selected. s When this command is executed, bit 4 of reading status for FS b is On (rereading not possible). s After loading the check paper, the printer ends the MICR function and selects the slip paper as the paper type. FS 1C 28 a 61 97 1 31 49
TM-H6000 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"a1";
TM-H6000 The face of a slip is selected as the paper source by this command.
MICR commands
FS a 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 408
CONFIDENTIAL
FS a 2
[Name] [Format] Eject check paper ASCII Hex Decimal None None FS 1C 28 a 61 97
MICR commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
2 32 50
Ejects the check paper. s This command is supported only by printers with the MICR option. s This command is ignored unless the MICR function is selected. s When this command is executed, bit 4 of reading status for FS b is On (rereading not possible). s After ejecting the check paper, the printer ends the MICR function and selects the paper roll as the paper source.
None

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"a2";
MICR commands
FS a 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 409
CONFIDENTIAL
FS b
[Name] [Format]
MICR commands
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Request retransmission of check paper reading result ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Retransmits the previous check paper reading results. s This command is supported only by printers with the MICR option. s The transmitted information is the same as that previously transmitted by FS a 0. Header: 5FH (decimal 95) Header: 37H, 2AH/decimal = 55, 42 (2 bytes) FS 1C 28 b 62 98
MICR commands
FS b
Ver. 6.0 p. 410
CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Reading status: Off/On Off On Off Off Off Off On Off On On Off Hex 00 01 00 00 00 00 10 00 20 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 0 0 0 16 0 32 64 0 Function Readable font: E13B Readable font: CMC7 Reserved Reserved Reserved Rereading possible Rereading not possible Reading: Normal end Reading: Abnormal end Fixed Fixed
sss sss
more
Data: Identified character strings (ASCII codes). NUL: 00H (decimal 0) s Bits 0 and 1 of the reading status indicate identified character fonts. When an abnormal end occurs, both bit 0 and 1 have no meaning.
MICR commands
FS b
Ver. 6.0 p. 411
CONFIDENTIAL
s In the following cases, rereading is not possible (bit 4 is On): When an abnormal end occurs. When the printer reaches the maximum times for rereading (the maximum times are different for different models). When the MICR status is not selected. If FS a 0 is not executed after executing ESC @, resetting, or turning power on. s data is transmitted when the printer ends reading normally. s The following cases are abnormal ends (bit 5 of reading status is On): FS a 0 is not executed after executing ESC @, resetting, or turning power on. Character waveforms cannot be detected. Normal waveform reading cannot be detected. The check paper waiting status is canceled by DLE ENQ 3. The wait time t1 set by ESC f has elapsed. An error occurs during the period from the start of command processing to the transmission of the header. When an error occurs (errors are different depending on the printer). s If FS a 0 is not executed before FS b, the printer transmits Header + Reading status (abnormal end) + NUL. data is not transmitted. s The printer ignores real-time commands during "Header ~ NUL" transmission. s Even if the ASB function is selected, ASB status is not transmitted during "Header ~ NUL" transmission. s When DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer confirms just before transmitting the header that the host computer is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. After transmitting the header, the printer transmits all data without confirming whether the host can receive data. s When XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer transmits "Header ~ NUL" consecutively without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"b";
MICR commands
FS b
Ver. 6.0 p. 412
CONFIDENTIAL
FS c
[Name] [Format]
MICR commands
EXECUTING COMMAND
MICR mechanism cleaning ASCII Hex Decimal None None TM-U375, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D, TM-J8000 Cleans the MICR mechanism. s This command is supported only by printers with the MICR option. s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s If this command is encountered in page mode, it is ignored. s When this command is executed, the printer enters the cleaning sheet waiting status. Insert the cleaning sheet into the check paper entrance. The printer waits for the cleaning sheet until a cleaning sheet is inserted, the waiting time t1 set by ESC f elapses, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s During the cleaning sheet waiting period, the printer processes only a real-time command, such as DLE EOT or DLE ENQ. s It is possible to cancel the cleaning sheet waiting status using DLE ENQ 3. In this case, however, data in the print and receive buffer is cleared. The cleaning sheet insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT BS. s After cleaning the MICR mechanism, the printer automatically selects the paper roll as the paper source. FS 1C 28 c 63 99
None Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"c";
MICR commands
FS c
Ver. 6.0 p. 413
CONFIDENTIAL
Miscellaneous commands
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 DLE DC4 DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p FS L FS g 1 FS g 2 GS ( A GS ( C GS ( D GS ( E GS ( M GS E GS I GS P GS g 0 GS g 2 Name Real-time request to printer Generate real-time pulse Execute power-off sequence Clear buffer(s) Select peripheral device Initialize printer Select page mode Select standard mode Generate pulse Select double-density page mode Write to NV user memory Read from NV user memory Execute test print Edit NV user memory Enable/disable real-time command User setup commands Customize printer control value(s) Select head control method Transmit printer ID Set horizontal and vertical motion units Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter
Ver. 6.0 p. 414
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE ENQ
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Real-time request to printer ASCII Hex Decimal 1n3 None TM-U300C/D Responds to a request in real time from the host computer, using n as follows: DLE 10 16 ENQ 05 5
n n n
n Request
1 Restarts printing from the beginning of the line where an error occurred, after recovering from the error. 2 Recovers from an error after clearing the receive and print buffers. 3 Cancels the cut sheet waiting status after clearing the receive and print buffers. [Notes] s The printer executes this command upon receiving it. s With a serial interface model, this command is executed even when the printer is offline, the receive buffer is full, or an error occurs. s With a parallel interface model, this command is not executed if the printer is busy and is unable to receive data from the host computer. s This command is ignored when transmitting block data (Header~NUL). s When a recoverable error occurs, after removing the cause of the error, the printer can recover from the error by transmitting DLE ENQ 1 or DLE ENQ 2 without turning off the power. s DLE ENQ 1 or DLE ENQ 2 is enabled only when a recoverable error occurs with the exception of an automatically recovered error, and is ignored in other cases. Errors recoverable by DLE ENQ 1 or DLE ENQ 2 depend on the printer model. s This command can be executed when the printer is disabled by ESC =.
DLE ENQ
Ver. 6.0 p. 415
CONFIDENTIAL
s When the printer recovers from an error using DLE ENQ 1 with cut sheet (slip or validation paper) selected, the printer ejects the current sheet completely and waits for new sheet insertion. However, the printer only ejects the sheet and does not wait for new sheet insertion when the printer recovers from a cut sheet ejection error. s When the printer recovers from an error using DLE ENQ 2 with cut sheet selected, the printer ejects the current sheet completely and selects the paper roll as the paper type. s In page mode, if the printer recovers from a recoverable error by using DLE ENQ 2, the printer returns to standard mode after clearing the data in receive and print buffers and changing the values set by ESC W to the default values. s DLE ENQ 3 is enabled only when the printer is in the cut sheet (slip paper, validation paper, check paper, and cleaning sheet) insertion waiting status, and is ignored in other cases. After canceling cut sheet insertion, the printer selects the paper roll as the paper type. DLE ENQ 3 can cancel slip or validation paper insertion. The slip paper or validation paper insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT. s Cut sheet waiting status can be canceled using DLE ENQ 3, the printer selects the paper roll as the paper type. The check paper or cleaning sheet insertion waiting status can be confirmed by DLE EOT BS. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675. TM-U325D TM-J8000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H5);CHR$(2);
TM-H5000II The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. A recoverable error indicates an autocutter error, home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper or cleaning sheet) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing. TM-U375 When the printer is disabled, DLE ENQ 1 and DLE ENQ 2 can be executed. The BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-3. A recoverable error indicates a home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or validation paper) ejection error.
DLE ENQ
Ver. 6.0 p. 416
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 When the printer is disabled, DLE ENQ 1 and DLE ENQ 2 can be executed. The BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-5. A recoverable error indicates an autocutter error, home position detection error, carriage detection error, or cut sheet (slip or check paper or cleaning sheet) ejection error. TM-U325D When the printer is disabled, DLE ENQ 1 and DLE ENQ 2 can be executed. The BUSY condition for the parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. A recoverable error indicates a home position detection error or validation ejection error. TM-J8000 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. A recoverable error indicates an autocutter error, home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper or cleaning sheet) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing. TM-H6000 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. A recoverable error indicates an autocutter error, home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper or cleaning sheet) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing. TM-U675 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. A recoverable error indicates an autocutter error, home position detection error, carriage detection error, cut sheet (slip or check paper or cleaning sheet) ejection error, or front cover open error during printing.
DLE ENQ
Ver. 6.0 p. 417
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE DC4
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING + SETTING
Generate real-time pulse ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 DC4 14 20
fn fn fn
m m m
t t t
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] fn = 1 m = 0, 1 1t8 [Description]
TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
Outputs the pulse specified by t to connector pin m as follows:
m Connector pin
0 1 Drawer kick-out connector pin 2 Drawer kick-out connector pin 5
The pulse ON time is [t 100 ms] and the OFF time is [t 100 ms] [Notes] s The printer executes this command upon receiving it. s This command is ignored in the following status conditions: In error status When a pulse is being output to the connector pin (during processing of ESC p and DLE DC4) During transmission of block data (Header~NUL) s With a serial interface, the printer executes this command when it is in offline, receive buffer-full, or error status. s With a parallel interface, if the printer is in BUSY condition, this command cannot be used in the following status conditions. When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is on: receive buffer-full When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is off: offline, receive buffer-full, or error status
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 418
CONFIDENTIAL
s This command is effective when the printer is disabled by ESC = (select peripheral device). [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H14);CHR$(1)l;CHR$(0);CHR$(5);
TM-H5000II DIP switch 2-1 selects whether the printer is in BUSY condition. TM-J8000 DIP switch 2-1 selects whether the printer is in BUSY condition. TM-H6000 DIP switch 2-1 selects whether the printer is in BUSY condition. TM-U675 DIP switch 2-1 selects whether the printer is in BUSY condition.
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 419
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE DC4
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
Execute power-off sequence ASC II Hex Decimal DLE 10 16 DC4 14 20
n n n
a a a
b b b
n=2 a=1 b=8

Executes power off. s This is a real-time command that the printer executes upon receiving it. Take the following into consideration: If this command is embedded within the code string of another command, it is processed as a parameter of the other command, and the print result is not correct. If another command (bit-image, defined data, etc.) has a code string that is the same as this command in a parameter, the printer starts processing this command. s This command is ignored when the printer is in the following states: In the status of transmitting block data [Header~NUL] When this command is disabled by GS ( D. s With a serial interface, this command is executed when the printer is in offline, receive buffer full, or error state. s With a parallel interface, the printer cannot receive data when it is BUSY. This command cannot be used in the following cases: When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is On: receive buffer full When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is Off: offline, receive buffer full, or error state. s This command can be used when the printer is disabled by ESC =.
[Description] [Notes]
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 420
CONFIDENTIAL
s When the power is turned off, the printer transmits [header + status + NUL] to the host. Header: Hexadecimal=3BH/Decimal=59 Status: Hexadecimal=30H/Decimal=48 NUL: Hexadecimal=00H/Decimal=0 s The power-off notice can be differentiated from other transmission data. When the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex=3BH/Decimal=59], the host should process 3 bytes of data up to NUL as the notice from the printer. If the second byte is [Hex=30H/Decimal=48], this is the power-off notice. There is an exception described below: When the host is communicating with the printer by XON/XOFF control, an XOFF code might interrupt [Header ~ NUL]. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J8000 TM-U675 TM-H6000
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H14);CHR$(2);CHR$(1);CHR$(8);
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 421
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-J8000 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. After a power-off processing, the POWER LED blinks. There are two switches on the printer. The back switch is the first switch and the front switch is the second switch. This command is effective when controlling the power using the first switch. At this time, be sure that DIP switch 2-4 is on. TM-U675 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. The power is not cut off by this command. The user should turn off the power with the power switch. Maintenance counter values are maintained by the power off processing of this command; therefore the maintenance counter values will be more accurate if the user uses this command before turning off the power switch. TM-H6000 The BUSY condition is selected by DIP switch 2-1. The power is not cut off by this command. The user should turn off the power with the power switch. Maintenance counter values are maintained by the power off processing of this command; therefore the maintenance counter values will be more accurate if the user uses this command before turning off the power switch.
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 422
CONFIDENTIAL
DLE DC4
[Name] [Format] Clear buffer(s) ASCII Hex Decimal DLE 10 16
sss sss
more
DC4 14 20
n n n
d1...d7 d1...d7 d1...d7
n=8 d1 = 1, d2 = 3, d3 = 20, d4 = 1, d5 = 6, d6 = 2, d7 = 8 1t8

Clear all data stored in the receive buffer and the print buffer. s Do not use this command in a system in which the printer is used with the OPOS driver and Java POS driver that are provided by SEIKO EPSON Corporation. s If a code string of this command is embedded within parameters of other commands (bit-image, defined data), the printer performs a buffer clear. If the printer has this command, be sure to check if the code string of this command is embedded within the parameters of another command before transmitting the bit-image data and defined data.
[Description]
[Notes]
s When the buffer is cleared, the printer transmits [header + status + NUL] to the host. Header: Hexadecimal=37H/Decimal=55, number of bytes: 1 Status: Hexadecimal=25H/Decimal=37, number of bytes: 1 NUL: Hexadecimal=00H/Decimal=0, number of bytes: 1 s This command is a real-time command and the printer executes this command upon receiving it. Take the following into consideration: If another command (bit-image, defined data, etc.) has a code string that is the same as this command in a parameter, the printer processes this command. s This command is ignored during transmission of block data (Header~NUL).
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 423
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s When this command is processed, if there are any other commands that are being processed, the processing of the other commands is canceled. Examples: when defining a bit-image, when processing a command that specifies a character mode s If this command is processed when the printer is in the cut sheet insertion waiting state, the paper waiting state is canceled. This is the same function as the DLE ENQ3 command. s Roll paper is selected as the paper type by this command. When this command is processed, if the printer is in one of the following conditions, the printer processes a paper ejection (if the printer has the function of waiting for the paper to be removed, this function is also included). However, if the printer is offline when this command is processed, the paper is ejected when the printer comes online. When the cut sheet (a slip or a validation) is selected as the paper type. When the printer has a MICR reader. s If this command is processed in page mode, the printer returns to standard mode. The setting of ESC W is changed to the default value. s This command does not change or initialize settings of other commands (except for ESC W with the page mode selected). s Executing this command moves the printing position to the beginning of a line. s If this command is executed when a recoverable error has occurred, the printer recovers from the error. This is the same function as the DLE ENQ2 command. s With a serial interface, the printer executes this command when it is in offline, receive buffer-full, or error status. s With a parallel interface, if the printer is in BUSY condition, this command cannot be used in the following status conditions. When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is on: receive buffer-full When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is off: offline, receive buffer-full, or error status s This command is effective when the printer is disabled by ESC = (select peripheral device).
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 424
CONFIDENTIAL
s The transmission data of this command can be differentiated from other transmission data. When the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex=37H/Decimal=55], the host should process 3 bytes of data up to NUL as the notice from the printer. If the second byte is [Hex=25H/Decimal=37], this is the transmission data of this command. There is an exception described below: When the host is communicating with the printer by XON/XOFF control, an XOFF code might interrupt [Header ~ NUL] [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U675

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H14);CHR$(8);CHR$(1);CHR$(3);CHR$(20);CHR$(1);CHR$(6);CHR$(2);CHR$(8);
TM-H6000 When you use the following commands, be sure to check whether the code string of DLE DC4 command is embedded within the parameters of the commands. Bit-image commands: ESC , FS q, GS , GS v 0 Character pattern defining commands: ESC &, FS 2 TM-U675 When you use the following commands, be sure to check whether the code string of DLE DC4 command is embedded within the parameters of the commands. Bit-image commands: ESC , FS q, GS , GS v 0 Character pattern defining commands: ESC &, FS 2
DLE DC4
Ver. 6.0 p. 425
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC =
[Name] [Format] Select peripheral device ASCII Hex Decimal 1n3 ESC 1B 27 = 3D 61
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
n n n
[Range] [Default]
A serial interface model: When the DIP switch for connection of a customer display is Off: n = 1. When the DIP switch for connection of a customer display is On: n = 2. A parallel interface model: n = 1. TM-U300C/D Selects the device to which the host computer sends data, using n as follows:
n
1 2 3 [Notes]
Peripheral Device Status Only printer selected (customer display is disabled). Only customer display selected (printer is disabled). Both printer and customer display selected.
s When the printer is disabled (n = 2), it ignores all character data and normal commands. s If ASB is enabled when the printer is disabled by this command, the printer transmits a 4-byte status message whenever the status changes.
ESC =
Ver. 6.0 p. 426
CONFIDENTIAL
s When executing ESC @, the default value of this command is as follows, depending on the value set by this command just before processing ESC @ and on the setting of DIP switch for the connection of a customer display.
n
Before ESC @ processing After ESC @ processing When the DIP switch for connection of customer display is Off When the DIP switch for connection of customer display is On 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
If the printer does not support a DIP switch for connection of a customer display, the default value of this command is the same as when DIP switch is Off. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U325D TM-J8000

AAAAA CCCCC PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(1); Only printer selected PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(2); Only customer display selected PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(3); Both printer and customer display selected PRINT #1, " CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); BBBBB BBBBB CCCCC
Print Sample
Customer Display Sample
ESC =
Ver. 6.0 p. 427
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Connection of customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 2-2. TM-U375 Real-time commands that are enabled when the printer is disabled: DLE ENQ (n = 1, 2) Connection of customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. TM-U925 Real-time commands that are enabled when the printer is disabled: DLE ENQ (n = 1, 2) Connection of customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-6. TM-U325D Real-time commands that are enabled when the printer is disabled: DLE ENQ (n = 1, 2) The printer does not support the DIP switch for connection of customer display. TM-J8000 Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2. TM-H6000 Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2. TM-U675 Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2.
ESC =
Ver. 6.0 p. 428
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC @
[Name] [Format] Initialize printer ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27 @ 40 64
sss sss
more
None
The data in the print buffer is cleared and the printer mode is reset to the mode that was in effect when the power was turned on. s s s s s s The DIP switch settings are not checked again. The data in the receive buffer is not cleared. Any macro definitions are not cleared. NV bit image memory, NV user memory, and ASB status customization are not cleared. The maintenance counter value is not affected by this command. When ESC @ is executed, the setting of ESC = (Select peripheral device) differs from the default value when the power is turned on.
ESC @
Ver. 6.0 p. 429
CONFIDENTIAL
The value of n after ESC @ is executed is different, depending on the status of the peripheral device selection just before executing ESC @ and the DIP switch setting (customer display (DM-D) connection) as follows:
n
Setting when the power is turned on DIP switch (customer display (DM-D) connection is off.) 1 DIP switch (customer display (DM-D) connection is on.) 2 Setting just before executing ESC @ Setting after executing ESC @ 1 DIP switch (customer display (DM-D) connection is off.) 1 DIP switch (customer display (DM-D) connection is on.) 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
If the printer does not support the DIP switch (connection of customer display), the setting is the same as when the DIP switch is off. s When this command is processed with cut sheet selected as the paper type, all settings are initialized after ejecting the cut sheet. s When this command is processed in page mode, the printer deletes the data in the printing areas, initializes all settings, and selects standard mode. s This command can cancel all settings, such as print mode and line feed, at the same time. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U325D TM-J8000 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(60); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"E";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"!";CHR$(17); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; Initialize printer PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA);
Print Sample
AAAAA
BBBBB All settings are canceled after ESC @ is executed
ESC @
Ver. 6.0 p. 430
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 2-2. TM-U375 Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 2-1. TM-U925 Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 1-6. TM-U325D This printer does not have a DIP switch for customer display (DM-D) connection. TM-U300C/D This printer does not have a DIP switch for customer display (DM-D) connection. TM-J8000 Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 2-2. TM-H6000 Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 2-2. TM-U675 Customer display (DM-D) connection is set by DIP switch 2-2.
ESC @
Ver. 6.0 p. 431
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC L
[Name] [Format] Select page mode ASCII Hex Decimal None None ESC 1B 27 L 4C 76
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Switches from standard mode to page mode. s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. In other cases, this command is ignored. s The printing position is the starting position specified by ESC T within the printing area defined by ESC W. s The following commands switch the settings for page mode, because these commands can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode: ESC SP, ESC 2, ESC 3, and ESC U s In page mode, ESC L, FS L, FS a 0, FS c, GS ( A, GS T, GS ( C (some functions), and GS ( E (some functions) are ignored. s In page mode, ESC c 0, FS g 1, FS q, and GS g 0 are disabled. s The following commands are not effective in page mode. ESC V, ESC a, ESC {, GS L, and GS W s The printer returns to standard mode with ESC S, FF, and ESC @. When it returns to standard mode using ESC @, all settings are initialized. s Standard mode is selected as the default.
ESC L
Ver. 6.0 p. 432
CONFIDENTIAL
s In page mode, the printer prints the data in the print buffer for the printing area specified by ESC W collectively with FF or ESC FF. When executing print and paper feed commands, such as LF, CR, ESC J, and ESC d, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-H6000 TM-U675 See program example and print sample for ESC L, FS L, and ESC S. TM-H5000II Page mode can be used only when the paper roll is selected as the paper type. In page mode, GS v 0 is disabled in addition to the normal specifications. TM-U375 In page mode, there are the following exceptions in addition to the normal specifications. Bit images that need a data processing using a double-density unit cannot be used in page mode. Double-density bit image: ESC (m = 1) Normal mode of the bit image: GS / 0 (m = 0, 48) The setting of the function using the double-density unit does not affect the printing in page mode. Selecting font B: ESC ! Character modification: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G
ESC L
Ver. 6.0 p. 433
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 This command is ignored when the back (endorsement side) of a slip is selected as the paper source. In page mode, there is the following exception for the slip (face) in addition to the normal specifications: Bit images that need data processing using a double-density unit cannot be used in page mode. Double-density bit image: ESC (m = 1) Normal mode bit image: FS p, GS /, GS v 0 (m = 0, 48) The setting of the function using a double-density unit does not affect the printing in page mode. Selecting font B: ESC !, ESC M Character modification: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G TM-U675 Page mode for this printer has the following exception in addition to the normal specifications: Bit images that need data processing using a double-density unit cannot be used in page mode. Double-density bit image: ESC (m = 1) Normal mode bit image: FS p, GS /, GS v 0 (m = 0, 48) The setting of the function using a double-density unit does not affect the printing in page mode. Selecting font B: ESC !, ESC M Character modification: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G
ESC L
Ver. 6.0 p. 434
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC S
[Name] [Format] Select standard mode ASCII Hex Decimal None None ES 1B 27 S 53 83
EXECUTING COMMAND
Switches from page mode to standard mode. s This command is enabled only in page mode. s When this command is executed, data in all the printing area is cleared, the printing area set by ESC W returns to the default value, but the value set by ESC T is maintained. s The following commands switch the settings for standard mode, because these commands can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode: ESC SP, ESC 2, ESC 3, and ESC U s In standard mode, CAN, ESC FF, GS $, and GS \ are ignored. s The settings of ESC T and ESC W are not effective in standard mode. s The printer selects page mode with ESC L or FS L. s Standard mode is selected as the default.
None
See program example and print sample for ESC L, FS L, and ESC S.
ESC S
Ver. 6.0 p. 435
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example for ESC L, FS L, and ESC S.
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(240);CHR$(0);CHR$(200);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);CHR$(&HC); Batch print PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"S"; Select standard mode AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC
Print Sample
ESC S
Ver. 6.0 p. 436
CONFIDENTIAL
ESC p
[Name] [Format] Generate pulse ASCII Hex Decimal ESC 1B 27
EXECUTING COMMAND
p 70 112
m m m
t1 t1 t1
t2 t2 t2
[Range]
m = 0, 1, 48, 49 0 t1 255 0 t2 255

None None Outputs the pulse specified by t1 and t2 to the specified connector pin m as follows:
m
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Connector pin Drawer kick-out connector pin 2 Drawer kick-out connector pin 5
t1 specifies ON time to (t1 2 msec). t2 specifies OFF time to (t2 2 msec).

TM-U925 Program Example for all printers
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"p";CHR$(0);CHR$(25);CHR$(250);
s Specify a value so that the OFF time is longer than the ON time (t1 < t2).
TM-U925 A pulse is (ON time= t1 10 msec / OFF time= t2 10 msec).
ESC p
Ver. 6.0 p. 437
CONFIDENTIAL
FS L
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select double-density page mode ASC II Hex Decimal None None Switches from standard mode to double-density page mode. s This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. s The printing position is the starting position specified by ESC T within the printing area defined by ESC W. s The following commands switch the settings for page mode, because these commands can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode: ESC SP, ESC 2, ESC 3, ESC U, FS S s In page mode, ESC L, FS L, FS a 0, FS c, GS ( A, GS ( C (some functions), GS ( E (some functions), and GS T are ignored. s In page mode, ESC c 0, FS g 1, FS q, and GS g 0 are disabled. s The following commands are not effective in page mode: ESC V, ESC a, ESC {, GS L, and GS W s The printer returns to standard mode with ESC S, FF, and ESC @. When it returns to standard mode with ESC @, all settings are initialized. s Standard mode is selected as the default. s In page mode selected by ESC L, data is processed in single-density units. In double-density page mode selected by this command, data is processed in double-density units both in vertical and horizontal directions. FS 1C 28 L 4C 76 TM-J8000, TM-H5000II, TM-U925, TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] [Default] [Description] [Notes]
FS L
Ver. 6.0 p. 438
CONFIDENTIAL
s In page mode, the printer prints the data in the print buffer for the printing area specified by ESC W collectively with FF or ESC FF. When executing the print and paper feed commands, such as LF, CR, ESC J, and ESC d, only the printing position moves and the printer does not perform actual printing. [Model-dependent variations] TM-U375 Only TM-U375M (Japanese Kanji specifications) supports this command. For double-density page mode, there are functions that do not affect the printing in addition to the normal specifications. Character modifications: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G TM-H6000 This command is ignored when a back of a slip is selected as the paper type. When the printer prints on a surface of a slip in page mode, there are functions that do not affect the printing in addition to the normal specifications. Character modifications: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G TM-U675 When the printer prints on a slip in page mode, there are functions that do not affect the printing in addition to the normal specifications. Character modifications: ESC ! (emphasized), ESC E, ESC G TM-U375 TM-H6000 TM-U675
FS L
Ver. 6.0 p. 439
CONFIDENTIAL
FS g 1
[Name] [Format] Write to NV user memory ASC II Hex Decimal FS 1C 28
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
g 67 103
1 31 49
m a1 a2 a3 m a1 a2 a3 m a1 a2 a3
a4 nL nH d1...dk a4 nL nH d1...dk a4 nL nH d1...dk
m=0 0 a1 255, 0 a2 3, a3 = 0, a4 = 0 (0 (a1 + a2 256) 1023) 0 nL 255, 0 nH 4 (1 (nL + nH 256) 1024) 32 d 255
[Description]
Writes data to NV user memory a1, a2, a3, and a4 specify the data storage starting address as (a1 + a2 256 + a3 65536 + a4 16777216).
nL and nH select the number of stored data bytes (nL + nH 256). d specifies the stored data.
[Notes]
s GS ( C is recommended for editing data in NV user memory. The FS g 1 command is supported by some printers. s The NV user memory is the memory area used for storing character font data in non-volatile memory. The data stored is effective until it is redefined by this command. s In standard mode, this command is effective only when processed at the beginning of a line. s Do not use this command while a macro is being defined, because the command cannot be included in the macro. s All the previously stored data in the specified area is replaced with new data. s The NV user memory data can be read by FS g 2. s The NV user memory can be used for storing definitions of NV bit images and maintenance information (ink ribbon replacement date, telephone numbers of repair companies, and so on).
FS g 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 440
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C); g1;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(14);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, NVimage1=Stamp;
TM-H5000II Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g O. q, C, E, The printer will become BUSY during writing of data to the non-volatile memory. In this case, the printer cannot receive and transmit data; therefore, be sure not to transmit data from the host.
FS g 1
Ver. 6.0 p. 441
CONFIDENTIAL
FS g 2
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Read from NV user memory ASC II Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 g 67 103 2 32 50
m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH
m=0 0 a1 255, 0 a2 3, a3 = 0, a4 = 0, (0 (a1 + a2 256) 1023) 1 nL 80, nH = 0
[Description]
Transmit data in NV user memory a1, a2, a3, and a4 specify the starting address of transmission data as (a1 + a2 256 + a3 65536 + a4 16777216).
nL and nH specify the amount of transmission data as (nL + nH 256) bytes.
[Notes]
s GS ( C is recommended for editing data in the NV user memory. The FS g 2 command is supported by some printers. s The NV user memory is the memory area used for storing character font data in non-volatile memory. s Transmission data consists of [Header + data + NUL] as follows: Header: Hexadecimal = 5FH/Decimal = 95 Data: NV user memory data NUL: Hexadecimal = 00H/Decimal = 0 s The printer becomes BUSY immediately before transmitting a header and recovers to READY after transmitting a NUL (unless there are other causes of the printer being BUSY). s With a serial interface, when DTR/DSR control (handshaking), is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header to NUL] to the host after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. s With a serial interface, when XON/XOFF control (handshaking), is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header to NUL] to the host without confirming that the host is ready to receive data.
FS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 442
CONFIDENTIAL
s With a parallel interface, a [Header to NUL] is stored first in the transmission buffer with the other transmission data (except for ASB status). When the host enters Reverse Mode, the data is transmitted in order from the beginning. Data that exceeds the transmission buffer (99 bytes) is ignored. When using the command, the host should enter Reverse Mode immediately and start processing the status. s When transmitting data, ASB status and real-time commands cannot be used. s Writing data to the NV user memory is enabled by FS g 1. s The NV user memory can be used for storing definitions of NV bit images and maintenance information (ink ribbon replacement date, telephone numbers of repair companies, and so on). s User NV memory data can be differentiated from other transmission data by the header of the block data. After outputting the FS g 2 command to the printer, if data transmitted from the printer is [Hex=5FH/ Decimal=95], the host should process data up to NUL [Hex=00H/Decimal=0]. There is an exception described below: When the host is communicating with the printer using XON/XOFF control, an XOFF code might interrupt [Header ~ NUL].
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);g2;CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(14);CHR$(0)
FS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 443
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( A
[Name] [Format] Execute test print ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
A 41 65
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
n n n
m m m
pL = 2, pH = 0 ((pL + pH 256) = 2), 0 n 4, 48 n 52, 1 m 3, 49 m 51 TM-H6000, TM-U675: pL = 2, pH = 0, 0 n 4, 48 n 52, 1 m 3, 49 m 51

Execute a specified test print pL and pH specify the number of parameters following n (the number of parameters is 2).
n specifies paper used for the test print as follows:

Paper Default print station (paper roll) Paper roll Slip Validation
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 4, 52
m specifies the type of test print as follows:

Type Hexadecimal dump Printer status printing Rolling pattern
m
1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 [Notes]
s This command is effective only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode.
GS ( A
Ver. 6.0 p. 444
CONFIDENTIAL
s Do not use this command while a macro is being defined, because this command cannot be included in the macro. s If a cut sheet is selected as the paper type while processing this command, the current paper is ejected. s When cut sheet is selected for printing the test print, the printer waits for the sheet to be inserted. The paper wait status continues until the cut sheet is inserted, paper insertion waiting time (t1) set by ESC f is elapsed, paper insertion waiting status is canceled by DLE ENQ, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s The printer processes only real-time commands when waiting for the cut sheet to be inserted. s After processing this command, the printer performs a software reset. Executing this command puts the printer in the same status as when the power is turned on. s When processing printer status printing (m = 2, 50) and rolling pattern printing (m = 3, 51), the printer does not process data reception and transmission with the host. ASB status and real-time commands cannot be used. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(A;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(2);
TM-H5000II Paper types are paper roll and slip. (n = 3, 51) and (n = 4, 52) select the same paper (slip). TM-H6000 Paper types are paper roll and slip. (m = 3, 51) and (m = 4, 52) select the same paper (slip). When slip is selected, the face of the slip is selected.
GS ( A
Ver. 6.0 p. 445
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C
[Name] [Format] Edit NV user memory ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40
sss sss
more
C 43 67
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
m m m
fn fn fn
b b b
[c1, c2] [c1, c2] [c1, c2]
[d1...dk] [d1...dk] [d1...dk]
Deletes, stores, and transmits data in the NV user memory area based on the functions defined in the table below. Also sends status information for the amount of space used in NV RAM and the amount of space still available. The value of fn specifies the function. Function Function 0 Function 1 Function 2 Function 3 Function 4 Function 5 Function 6 Description Deletes specified record Stores data in specified record Sends data stored in specified record Sends capacity currently being used Sends available capacity Transmits the key code of the record stored in the NV user memory Cancels all records stored in the NV user memory
fn
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 3, 51 4, 52 5, 53 6, 54 [Notes]
pL and pH specify the bytes following parameter pH (m and [a1 b1] ... [ak bk]) as (pL + (pH 256)).
The other parameters are explained under each of the functions.
s The command function is defined by the value of fn. The command operation differs, depending on the function.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 446
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s The NV user memory area is especially provided for storing character data in the non-volatile memory built into the printer. s The NV user memory data configuration is as follows: key code + data + terminator. This unit is called a record. A record is one data processing unit in the NV user memory. It is identified and specified by a key code. One record consists of a group of 4 bytes of data or more. The key code is a two-byte ID code used to identify records, and is created with parameters c1, c2 in the command. You can specify any desired character code from 32H - 7EH. Data is the character string specified by d1... dk in Function 1 of the GS ( C command. You cannot specify control codes 00H - 1FH, 7FH as character string data. The terminator is a one-byte code, automatically assigned when the printer stores data. s NV user memory data remains valid until the host sends a deletion or storage function command. s You can use the NV user memory as an index of the NV bit image definition contents or for maintenance information (ink ribbon replacement date, telephone number of repair company, etc.). Transmission differences for the interface and handshaking type: s Processing of data sent from the printer differs, depending on the interface specifications below: When DTR/DSR control is selected for a serial interface printer with the DIP switch, the header to NUL data is sent after the host confirms that it can receive data. When XON/XOFF control is selected for a serial interface printer with the DIP switch, the header to NUL data is sent without confirming whether or not the host can receive data. With a parallel interface printer, data sent (excluding ASB status) with this command (header to NUL) is temporarily stored in the printer send buffer, as with other data. When the host goes into Reverse mode, the printer then sends the data sequentially from the beginning of the send buffer. Send buffer capacity is 99 bytes. Data exceeding this amount is lost. Therefore, when using this command, promptly change into Reverse mode to start the data receive process. s The printer goes BUSY immediately before sending the header, and it returns to Ready after sending NUL. (This excludes situations when printer goes to BUSY status for other reasons.) s You cannot use ASB status and real-time commands while header to NUL data is being sent.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 447
CONFIDENTIAL
Handshake control: s Use the handshake control below for Function 2: Step 1 2 3 Host Process Send GS ( C <Function 2>. Receive data from printer. Send response code (*1) Printer Process
sss sss
more
Start processing of Function 2. (Read specified record back to host.) Send data in memory. Continue processing (*2) (*3) according to response.
(*1) Response code
ASCII ACK NAK CAN
Hex 06 15 18
Decimal 6 21 24
Request Send next data. Resend previously sent data. Cancel send process.
(*2) Processing according to response (unsent data exists, identified by send data set status)
Response Code ACK NAK CAN
Process Start send processing for next data. Resend previously sent data. End processing for this command.
(*3) Processing according to response (no unsent data, identified by send data set status)
Response Code ACK, CAN NAK [Model-dependent variations]
Process End processing for this command. Resend previously sent data.
TM-H6000
TM-U675
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 448
CONFIDENTIAL
Program Example 1 (Write data for record $1)
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(C";CHR$(18);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(0);"$1";"EPSON ESC/POS"; <Function 1>
Program Example 2 (Read data for record %5)

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(C";CHR$(5);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(2);CHR$(0);"%5"; <Function 2> *LOOP: GOSUB *RECEIVE "Header to NUL" is received and stored under ST$ (details omitted) PRINT #1,CHR$(6); Response code is sent PRINT MID$(ST$,4) Record (%5) data is displayed on CRT IF MID$(ST$,3,1)=CHR$(65) THEN *LOOP Check for any subsequent data
Program Example 3 (Read available memory capacity)

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(C";CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(4);CHR$(0); <Function 4> GOSUB *RECEIVE "Header to NUL" is received and stored under ST$ (details omitted) PRINT MID$(ST$,4) Available capacity is displayed on CRT
TM-H6000 You can use the GS ( E command to select one of the following capacities: * 1 KB, 64 KB, 128 KB, 192 KB The initial NV user memory capacity (when the unit is shipped) is 1 KB. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0. q, C, E, TM-U675 You can use the GS ( E command to select one of the following capacities: * 1 KB, 64 KB, 128 KB, 192 KB The initial NV user memory capacity (when the unit is shipped) is 1 KB. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guidline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the nonvolatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0. q, C, E,
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 449
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 <Function 0>
[Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 C 43 67
pL 05 5
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
c1 c1 c1
c2 c2 c2
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 5 m=0 fn = 0, 48 b=0 32 c1 126 32 c2 126
(pL = 5, pH = 0)
Deletes the specified record stored in the NV user memory. The deleted area becomes an unused area available for storage. s In standard mode, this command is valid only at the beginning of the line. s In page mode, this command is ignored. s You cannot include macros with this command, so do not use this command while defining macros.
[Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000
TM-H6000
TM-U675
The printer may go Busy while deleting a record. The printer does not process any received data while it is Busy. Therefore, under no circumstances should the host send data at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. TM-U675 The printer may go Busy while deleting a record. The printer does not process any received data while it is Busy. Therefore, under no circumstances should the host send data at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E,
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 450
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1...dk <Function 1>
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
c1 c1 c1
c2 c2 c2
d1...dk d1...dk d1...dk
[Range]
6 (pL + pH 256) 65535 m=0 fn = 1, 49 b=0 32 c1 126 32 c2 126 32 d 254 k = (pL + pH 256)5
(0 pL 255, 0 pH 255)
[Description]
Stores data (d1... dk) in the record specified by parameters c1 and c2 (the key code ID numbers). When the specified record already exists, the data is overwritten. A terminator is automatically assigned. s s s s In standard mode, this command is valid only at the beginning of the line. In page mode, this command is ignored. You cannot include macros with this command, so do not use this command while defining macros. This function uses the data quantity (k) + 3 byte area for execution. TM-H6000 TM-U675
[Notes]
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 451
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The printer may go Busy while storing a record. The printer does not process any received data while it is Busy. Therefore, under no circumstances should the host send data at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. TM-U675 The printer may go Busy while storing a record. The printer does not process any received data while it is Busy. Therefore, under no circumstances should the host send data at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 452
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 <Function 2>
sss sss
more
pL 05 5
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
c1 c1 c1
c2 c2 c2
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 5 (pL = 5, pH = 0) m=0 fn = 2, 50 b=0 32 c1 126 32 c2 126 Transmits the data for the record with the ID code specified by parameters c1, c2 in the NV user memory. Handshake control is required for this function. s When the specified record exists, the printer sends the header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Status (*1) (*2) Data (*3) NUL
(*1)
Hex 37H 70H 40H or 41H 20H FEH 00H
Decimal 55 112 64 or 65 32 254 0
Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 80 bytes 1 byte
(*2) (*3)
When the quantity of stored data exceeds 80 bytes, the printer performs partial processing, using the following rules: If there is unsent data, the status of the third byte is 41H or 65 decimal. If there is no unsent data, the status of the third byte is 40H or 64 decimal. The printer performs batch processing when the data to be stored in the specified record is 80 bytes or less. At this time, the status of the third byte is 40H or 64 decimal. The key code and terminator are not included in the data.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 453
CONFIDENTIAL
s If the host specifies a nonexistent record, the printer sends the Header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Status NUL Hex 37H 70H 40H 00H Decimal 55 112 64 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
s The host can differentiate NV user memory data from other send data by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL (00H or 0 decimal) is handled as one group and can be identified by the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 70H Decimal 55 112
However, consider the following requirement for data processing: When communication with the printer uses XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code may interrupt the header to NUL data string.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 454
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C pL pH m fn b <Function 3>
sss sss
more
pL 03 3
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 3, 51 b=0
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
The printer sends the host the number of data bytes currently used in the NV memory area. Handshake control is not required for this function. s With this function, the printer sends the Header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Capacity Used (*1) NUL
(*1)
Hex 37H 28H 30H 39H 00H
Decimal 55 40 48 57 0
Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 8 bytes 1 byte
The quantity of stored data bytes, plus the key code and terminator, equal the capacity being used. s The decimal value expressing the capacity being used is converted to ASCII character data and sent from the most significant digit. Example: When 120 bytes is used, the number 120 is expressed with three bytes of data (decimal numbers 49, 50, 48). When no memory area is used, the number 0 is expressed with 1 byte of data (decimal number 48).
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 455
CONFIDENTIAL
s The host can differentiate the numbers representing capacity being used in the NV user memory from other data by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL, 00H or 0 decimal, is handled as one group and can be identified by the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 28H Decimal 55 40
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 456
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
pL 03 3
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 4, 52 b=0
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
The printer sends the available NV user memory. Handshake control is not required for this function. s With this function, the printer sends the Header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Available Capacity (*1) NUL
(*1)
Hex 37H 29H 30H 39H 00H
Decimal 55 41 48 57 0
Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 8 bytes 1 byte
The available capacity indicates the number of bytes not being used. s The decimal value for the available capacity is converted to ASCII character data and sent from the most significant digit. Example: When 120 bytes is available (not being used), the number 120 is expressed with three bytes of data (decimal numbers = 49, 50, 48).
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 457
CONFIDENTIAL
s The host can differentiate the numbers for the available capacity for NV user memory from other sent data by the specific information in the data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL (00H or 0 decimal) is handled as one group, and can be identified by using the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 28H Decimal 55 40
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 458
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
pL 03 3
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 5, 53 b=0
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
Transmits the key code ID for the record stored in the NV user memory. Handshake control is required for this function. s When the specified record exists, the printer sends the header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Status (*1) (*2) Data (*3) NUL
(*1)
Hex 37H 71H 40H or 41H 20H FEH 00H
Decimal 55 113 64 or 65 32 254 0
Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 80 bytes 1 byte
When the quantity of stored data exceeds 40 records, the printer performs partial processing, using the following rules: If there is unsent data, the status of the third byte is 41H or 65 decimal. If there is no unsent data, the status of the third byte is 40H or 64 decimal.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 459
CONFIDENTIAL
(*2)
The printer performs batch processing when the data to be stored in the specified record is 40 records or less. At this time, the status of the third byte is 40H or 64 decimal. (*3) The data is the key code. A terminator is not included in the data. s If the host specifies a nonexistent record, the printer sends the Header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Status NUL Hex 37H 71H 40H 00H Decimal 55 113 64 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
s The host can differentiate the data for the key code list from other send data by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL (00H or 0 decimal) is handled as one group and can be identified by the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 71H Decimal 55 113
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 460
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3 <Function 6>
pL 06 6
pH 00 0
m 00 0
fn fn fn
b 00 0
d1 d1 d1
d2 d2 d2
d3 d3 d3
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 6 m=0 fn = 6, 54 b=0 d1 = 67 d2 = 76 d3 = 82
(pL = 6, pH = 0)
The printer deletes all records stored in the NV user memory. All area is changed to unused area. s In standard mode, this command is effective only at the beginning of the line. s In page mode, this command is ignored. s This command cannot include a macro; therefore, do not use this command when defining the macro.
GS ( C
Ver. 6.0 p. 461
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( D
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
Enable/disable real-time command ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 D 44 68
pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk]
0 pL 255, 0 pL 255 (3 (pL + pH 256) 65535) m = 20 a = 1, 2 b = 0, 1, 48, 49
a=1/b=1 (DLE DC4 n m t (n=1): enable) a=2/b=0 (DLE DC4 n a b (n=2): disable)
Specifies enable or disable of a real-time command
pL, pH sets the number of parameters after pH (m and [a1 b1]...[ak bk]) to (pL + pH 256) bytes. a specifies the type of real-time command:
Real-time command type DLE DC4 n m t (n=1): output a specified pulse in real-time DLE DC4 n a b (n=2): execute power off
a
1 2
b specifies enable/disable of real-time command processing

Real-time command type Disable a real-time command specified by a. Enable a real-time command specified by a.
b
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
s The printer processes each real-time command that is enabled upon receiving it.
GS ( D
Ver. 6.0 p. 462
CONFIDENTIAL
s A real-time command specified as disabled is processed as an undefined code. s The setting of this command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s (pL + pH 256) must specify an odd number. s If you transmit a command for a bit image or defined data that contains the sequence DLE DC4, be sure to disable real-time command processing before transmitting the bit image or defined data command. Then the printer will process the sequence DLE DC4 as image data. Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(D;CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(20);CHR$(2);CHR$(0); Set disabled PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);;CHR$(0);CHR$(9);CHR$(0);CHR$(240);CHR$(15); PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(20);CHR$(2);CHR$(1);CHR$(8); Process as image data PRINT #1, CHR$(15);CHR$(240);END;CHR$(&HA); Execute print and line feed PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);(D;CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(20);CHR$(2);CHR$(1); Set enabled PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(20);CHR$(2);CHR$(1);CHR$(8); Execute power off
GS ( D
Ver. 6.0 p. 463
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E
[Name] [Format] User setup commands ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40
sss sss
more
E 45 69
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
fn fn fn
[parameters] [parameters] [parameters]
Controls the user setting modes. The table below explains the functions available in this command. The value of fn specifies the function.
fn
1 2 3 4 5 6 [Notes]
Function Function 1 Function 2 Function 3 Function 4 Function 5 Function 6 Changes into the user setting mode. Ends user setting mode session. (Performs a software reset.) Changes the memory switch. Sends the host the value for the memory switch. Changes the customized setting values. Transmits the customized setting values.
pL and pH specify the number of bytes for the parameters following pH (fn and [a1 b1] ... [ak bk]) as (pL + (pH 256)).
The other parameters are explained under the respective functions.
s The value of parameter fn determines the function number for this command. Command operation differs, depending on the function number. s User setting mode is a special mode to change settings for the printers built-in non-volatile memory. s To change a setting, you must change the printer into user setting mode, using Function 1. s The setting you specify is activated by sending a Function 2 command upon completion of making the setting.
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 464
CONFIDENTIAL
s Be aware of the rules below for the user setting mode: The printer does not process character data. The printer does not process commands other than this command and the GS I command. The printer ignores real-time commands. The printer does not send ASB status. s Function 6, the function used to transmit the current settings to the host, can be used at any time, without changing into the user setting mode. Transmission differences for the interface and handshaking type: s Processing of data sent from the printer differs, depending on the interface specifications below: When DTR/DSR control is selected for a serial interface printer with the DIP switch, the header to NUL data is sent after the host confirms that it can receive data. When XON/XOFF control is selected for a serial interface printer with the DIP switch, the header to NUL data is sent without confirming whether or not the host can receive data. With a parallel interface printer, data sent (excluding ASB status) with this command (header to NUL) is temporarily stored in the printer send buffer, as with other data. When the host goes into Reverse mode, the printer then sends the data sequentially from the beginning of the send buffer. Send buffer capacity is 99 bytes. Data exceeding this amount is lost. Therefore, when using this command, promptly change into Reverse mode to start the data receive process. s The printer goes Busy immediately before sending the header, and it returns to Ready after sending NUL. (This excludes situations when printer goes to Busy status for other reasons.) s You cannot use ASB status and real-time commands while header to NUL data is being sent. Program Example 1 (Set customized memory value)
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(E";CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(73);CHR$(78); <Function 1> PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(E";CHR$(7);CHR$(0);CHR$(5);CHR$(1);CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(2);CHR$(5);CHR$(0); <Function 5> PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(E";CHR$(4);CHR$(0);CHR$(2);CHR$(79);CHR$(85);CHR$(84); <Function 2>
Program Example 2 (Read back customized memory value)

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(E";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(6);CHR$(1); <Function 6>
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 465
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 <Function 1>
[Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 E 45 69
pL 03 3
pH 00 0
fn 01 1
d1 49 73
d2 4E 78
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 3 fn = 1 d1 = 73 d2 = 78 s s s s
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
This command changes the printer into the user setting mode. If the printer is in standard mode, this command is valid only at the beginning of the line. If the printer is in page mode, this command is ignored. Do not use this command while defining macros, since macros cannot be included with this command. When the printer goes into the user setting mode, it sends a mode change notice back to the host. Hex 37H 20H 00H Decimal 55 32 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
Send Data Header Identifier NUL
s The host can differentiate the mode change notice from other data the printer sends by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL, 00H or 0 decimal, is handled as one group, and can be identified using the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 20H Decimal 55 32
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 466
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 <Function 2>
pL 04 4
pH 00 0
fn 02 2
d1 4F 79
d2 55 85
d3 54 84
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 4 fn = 2 d1 = 79 d2 = 85 d3 = 84
(pL = 4, pH = 0)
Ends the user setting mode, and the printer performs a software reset. s This function is performed only when the printer is in user setting mode. s After the software reset, the printer goes into the power on status.
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 467
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18...b11 ]...[ak nk8 nk1 ] <Function 3>
sss sss
more
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
fn 03 3
[a1 b18...b11 ]...[ak nk8 nk1 ] [a1 b18...b11 ]...[ak nk8 nk1 ] [a1 b18...b11 ]...[ak nk8 nk1 ]
[Range]
10 (pL + pH 256) 65530 (0 pL 255, 0 pH 255: (pL + pH 256) = 9 k + 1) fn = 3 a = 1, 8 b = 48, 49, 50 1 k 7281 Changes the memory switch specified by a to the value specified by b. When b = 48, the applicable bit is turned Off. When b = 49, the applicable bit is turned On. When b = 50, the applicable bit is not changed (reserved). Setting Value (b) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 48 49 Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Does not transmit the power ON notice Transmits the power ON notice when processing an initialization
[Description]
When a = 1, memory switch 1 is set as follows: Bit 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 [Notes]
Specifications other than memory switch 1 (a = 1) differ, depending on the printer model.
s This function works only in user setting mode.
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 468
CONFIDENTIAL
s To activate the memory switch you set with this function, you must send a Function 2 command. s The value of the memory switch is specified from bit 8 to bit 1 by b18...b11. When b = 50, the status of a bit applied is not changed. Example: Transmission data that specifies memory switch 1, Transmits the power ON notice and does not change other settings: ASCII GS ( E pL Hex 1DH 28H 45H 0AH Decimal 29 40 69 10 s Specifies b = 50 for a reserved bit. Power On notice specified by bit 1: Hex 3BH 31H 00H Decimal 59 49 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
pH 00H 0
fn 03H 3
a b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 01H 32H 32H 32H 32H 32H 32H 32H 31H 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 49
s Explanation for memory switch 1 (a = 2): Under [Range], a can only be 1 or 8. Power ON Notice Header Identifier NUL
The printer transmits the power on notice for the following processes: Initializing by turning on the power by switch. Initializing by hardware reset. Initializing by software reset, such as by sending Function 2. Initializing after the self test. With a serial interface, the printer transmits a 3-byte notice without confirming the host can receive data. When communication with the printer uses XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code may interrupt the header to NUL data string. With a parallel interface, it is desirable for the host to be in a reverse idle state. However, because the host computer cannot always be in the reverse idle state, it is necessary to enter Reverse Mode regularly to watch for a notice. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U675
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 469
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 When a = 8, memory switch 8 is set as follows: Bit 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Setting Value (b) 48 49 50 50 50 50 48 49 50 50 Function Unit open during printing: offline Unit open during printing: recoverable error Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Paper roll with 80 mm {3.15 inches) width used Paper roll with 58 mm {2.28 inches) width used Reserved Reserved
Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q, GS ( C, GS ( E, GS g 0. q C E 0
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 470
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 When a = 8, memory switch 8 is set as follows: Bit 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Setting Value (b) 48 49 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Function Paper roll cover open during printing: offline Paper roll cover open during printing: recoverable error Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data in the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0.
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 471
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn a <Function 4>
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn 04 4
a a a
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 2 fn = 4 a = 1, 8
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
The printer sends the host the value for the memory switch specified by parameter a. s This function works both in user setting mode and during normal printer operation. s The printer sends the header to NUL data shown below: Send Data Header Identifier Setting value NUL Hex 37H 21H 30H or 31H 00H Decimal 55 33 48 or 49 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 8 byte 1 byte
s The value of the memory switch is transmitted from bit 8 to bit 1. 48 or 49 is transmitted for a bit of Reserved. s The host can differentiate the data for the memory switch from other send data by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL (00H or 0 decimal) is handled as one group and can be identified by the following data: Send Data 1st byte (header) 2nd byte (identifier) Hex 37H 21H Decimal 55 33
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 472
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H ]...[ak nkL nkH ] <Function 5>
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
fn 05 5
[ a1 [ a1 [ a1
n1L n1L n1L
n1H ] ... [ ak n1H ] ... [ ak n1H ] ... [ ak
nkL nkH ] nkL nkH ] nkL nkH ]
[Range]
4 (pL + pH 256) 65533 (0 pL 255, 0 pH 255: (pL + pH 256) = 3 k + 1) fn = 5 a = 1, 2 1 (nL + nH 256) 7 (1 pL 7, pH = 0) 1 k 21844 Changes the customized value specified by parameter a to (nL + nH 256).
[Description]
a Customized Value
1 NV user memory capacity 2 NV bit image memory capacity The setting unit specified by (nL + nH 256) differs, depending on the printer model. [Notes] s This function works only in user setting mode. s To activate the customized values you set with this function, you must send a Function 2 command. s When you change the (a = 1) or (a = 2) setting, the printer clears all data in the NV user memory and NV bit image memory. s If you attempt to set a combination of settings that is not possible, the NV bit image memory setting is reduced to an allowable value. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U675
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 473
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The printer may go BUSY during the changing of the settings. The printer does not process any data received while it is BUSY. Therefore, do not under any circumstances send data from the host at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. NV user memory capacity settings (nL + nH 256) Memory Capacity 1* 2 3 4 1 KB 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB Memory combinations that can be specified: NV User NV Bit Image Memory Capacity Memory Capacity 1 KB 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB 384 KB or less 256 KB or less 128 KB or less None (0 bytes)
NV bit image memory capacity settings Memory Capacity (nL + nH 256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7* None (0 bytes) 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB 256 KB 320 KB 384 KB
* Initial status (when shipped)
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 474
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 The printer may go BUSY during the changing of the settings. The printer does not process any data received while it is BUSY. Therefore, do not under any circumstances send data from the host at this time. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. NV user memory capacity settings (nL + nH 256) Memory Capacity 1* 2 3 4 1 KB 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB Memory combinations that can be specified: NV User NV Bit Image Memory Capacity Memory Capacity 1 KB 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB 384 KB or less 256 KB or less 128 KB or less None (0 bytes)
NV bit image memory capacity settings Memory Capacity (nL + nH 256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7* None (0 bytes) 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB 256 KB 320 KB 384 KB
* Initial status (when shipped)
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 475
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( E pL pH fn a <Function 6>
sss sss
more
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn 06 6
a a a
[Range]
(pL + pH 256) = 2 fn = 6 a = 1, 2
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description]
The printer sends the host the customized value for the NV memory area specified by parameter a.
a
1 2 [Notes]
Customized Value NV user memory capacity NV bit image memory capacity
s This function works both in user setting mode and during normal printer operation. s The printer sends the data below (header to NUL) with this function: Send Data Header Identifier Value Number (*1) Separation Code Setting (*2) NUL Hex 37H 27H 31H or 32H 1FH 30H 39H 00H Decimal 55 39 49 or 50 31 48 57 0 Data Quantity 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 5 bytes 1 byte
(*1) The value number in the table above is the same value as parameter (*2) The setting is determined by the value defined in Function 5.
a.
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 476
CONFIDENTIAL
s Even if the combination of settings requested in Function 5 is not possible, the printer sends the settings made with Function 5. Please note that this will differ from the memory capacity used during actual operation. s Settings expressed as decimal numbers are converted to ASCII character data and sent from the most significant digit. Example: When 120 bytes is being used, 120 is expressed with three bytes of data (decimal numbers = 49, 50, 48). s The host can differentiate the data for the customized memory setting from other data the printer sends by the specific information in the send data block. When the header sent from the printer is 37H or 55 decimal, the data up to NUL, 00H or 0 decimal, is handled as one group, and can be identified using the following data: Send Data First byte (header) Second byte (identifier) Hex 37H 27H Decimal 55 39
However, consider the following requirement for data processing: When communication with the printer uses XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code may interrupt the header to NUL data string. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-H6000 The settings sent with this function are 1 byte, as described below: Specification of NV user memory capacity (a = 1): 31H - 34H or 49 - 52 decimal Specification of NV bit image memory capacity (a = 2): 31H - 37H or 49 - 55 decimal TM-U675 The settings sent with this function are 1 byte, as described below: Specification of NV user memory capacity (a = 1): 31H - 34H or 49 - 52 decimal Specification of NV bit image memory capacity (a = 2): 31H - 37H or 49 - 55 decimal
GS ( E
Ver. 6.0 p. 477
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( M
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
Customize printer control value(s) ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 M 4D 77
pL pL pL
pH pH pH
fn fn fn
m m m
Executes the functions shown below, using the function code defined by fn: W
pL, pH specifies (pL + pH 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and m). fn specifies functions. m specifies a process of each function.
Function Saves the setting values in the work area to the archive area. Loads the setting values stored in the archive area to the work area. Specifies the setting values for the work area after the initialization process.
fn
1, 49 Function 1 2, 50 Function 2 3, 51 Function 3 [Notes]
s Setting value means the values stored in the work area and they are set by commands such as line spacing, print area, or ASB transmission specification commands, are defined data such as user-defined data or 2byte characters, and are the setting status such as Kanji mode. The values are different depending on the printer models. Refer to the Model-dependent information. s Work area means the area that stores the values and is cleared when the power is turned off. The printers actions are based on the values in the work area. s Archive area means non-volatile memory area that is used to accomplish the functions of this command. The values stored in the archive area are not cleared when power is turned off. The values in the archive area do not affect the printer operation.
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 478
CONFIDENTIAL
s A default value for each command is stored in the archive area when the printer is shipped. s The values stored in the archive area are loaded to the work area when executing Function 2 or initializing with an autoload specified by Function 3 and affect the printer operation afterward. s The combination of Functions 2 and 3 can change the default value of each command. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U675 Print Sample 1
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA BBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBB CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
Program Example 1
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(24);CHR$(0); Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(104);CHR$(1); Print area width (30 columns) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(1); <Function 1> PRINT #1, "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Execute 20-column printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(0);CHR$(0); Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(120);CHR$(0); Print area width (10 columns) PRINT #1, "BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); Execute 20-column printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(2);CHR$(1); <Function 2> PRINT #1, "CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC"; CHR$(&HC); Execute 20-column printing
Program Example 2
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(24);CHR$(0); Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(104);CHR$(1); Print area width (30 columns) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(1); <Function 1> PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(3);CHR$(1); <Function 3> PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(0);CHR$(0); Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(120);CHR$(0); Print area width (10 columns) PRINT #1, "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Execute 20-column printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"@"; Initialize printer PRINT #1, "BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); Execute 20-column printing
Print Sample 2
AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 479
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 GS ( M affects the following commands: Setting Value Line spacing Print character Print paper Panel switch Paper sensor Print position Status Macro function Mechanism control Kanji control MICR function Miscellaneous function Command ESC 2, ESC 3 ESC SP, ESC !, ESC , ESC E, ESC G, ESC M, ESC R, ESC V, ESC t, ESC {, GS ! ESC f ESC c 5 ESC c 3, ESC c 4 ESC D, ESC T, ESC a, GS L, GS W FS ( e, GS ( B, GS a GS : ESC F, ESC U FS !, GS &, FS , FS ., FS 2, FS C, FS S, FS W FS ( f GS ( D, GS E, GS P
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 480
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 GS ( M affects the following commands: Setting Value Line spacing Print character Print paper Panel switch Paper sensor Print position Status Bar code Macro function Mechanism control Kanji control MICR function Miscellaneous function Command ESC 2, ESC 3 ESC SP, ESC !, ESC , ESC E, ESC G, ESC M, ESC R, ESC V, ESC t, ESC {, GS !, GS B, GS b ESC f ESC c 5 ESC c 3, ESC c 4 ESC D, ESC T, ESC a, GS L, GS W FS ( e, GS ( B, GS a GS H, GS f, GS h, GS w GS : ESC F, ESC U FS !, GS &, FS , FS ., FS 2, FS C, FS S, FS W FS ( f GS ( D, GS E, GS P
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 481
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( M
[Format]
pL pH fn m
<Function 1>
GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 M 4D 77
ASC II Hex Decimal
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn fn fn
m m m
[Range] [Description] [Notes]
TM-U675, TM-H6000: (pL + pH 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 1, 49, m = 1, 49 Saves the setting values of commands stored in the work area to the archive area specified by m. s The values that have been already stored in the archive area specified by m are cleared by this command. s The values in the work area are not changed. s The values saved in the archive area are loaded to the work area by the following. Executing function 2 with the archive area specified. Initializing when an autoload process has been specified by function 3. s The values affected by this command are different depending on the printer models. Refer to the Modeldependent variations in the first part of this command description for details. s When multiple applications use the archive area at the same time, if this command is executed, the values saved by other applications are deleted. Be sure to take this into account when using this command. TM-H6000 TM-U675
TM-H6000 The printer may be in BUSY condition when storing data and will not receive any data. In this case, be sure not to transmit data from the host. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS ( M, GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. TM-U675 The printer may be in BUSY condition when storing data and will not receive any data. In this case, be sure not to transmit data from the host. Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS ( M, GS g 0 q, C, E, 0.
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 482
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( M
[Format]
pL pH fn m
<Function 2>
GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 M 4D 77
ASC II Hex Decimal
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn fn fn
m m m
TM-U675, TM-H6000: (pL + pH 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 2, 50, m = 0,1, 48, 49 Loads the values stored in the archive area specified by m to the work area. When m = 0, 48, the default value described in this guide is loaded. When m 0, 48, the value saved in the archive area specified by m is loaded.
[Notes]
s This function is effective at the beginning of a line in standard mode. s This function cannot be included in a macro. Do not use this function when executing a macro. s The value in the work area is set to the default value by the following. Executing this function by specifying m = 0, 48. Executing function 2 with the condition that the archive area that has not executed function 1 is specified. Initializing when an autoload process has been canceled. s The values in the work area that are not affected by this command are not changed. s The values in the archive area are not changed. s The values affected by this command are different depending on the printer models. Refer to the Modeldependent variations in the Function 1 part of this command description for details.
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 483
CONFIDENTIAL
GS ( M pL pH fn m <Function 3>
[Format] ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 ( 28 40 M 4D 77
pL 02 2
pH 00 0
fn fn fn
m m m
TM-U675, TM-H6000: (pL + pH 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 3, 51, m = 0,1, 48, 49
m=0
Specifies select/cancel an autoload process when initializing. When m = 0, 48, the autoload process is selected. When m 0, 48, the autoload process for the values saved in the archive area specified by m.
[Notes]
s This function does not change the values in the work area and archive area. s The setting of this function affects the following initializations. Turning on the power. Resetting the hardware by using a reset terminal. Executing ESC @. Executing a software reset. s In initializing process when the autoload process is canceled (m = 0, 48), the default value described in this guide is loaded in the work area. s The specification of this function is maintained after turning off the power. s In autoload processing, the values of the commands that are in the work area and are not affected by this function and the values in the archive area are not changed. s The values affected by autoload processing of this function are different depending on the printer models. Refer to the Model-dependent variations of this command description for details.
TM-H6000
TM-U675
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 484
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS ( M, GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. TM-U675 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS ( M, GS g 0 q, C, E, 0.
GS ( M
Ver. 6.0 p. 485
CONFIDENTIAL
GS E
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select head control method ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 E 45 69
n n n
[Range] [Default]
TM-H6000, TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U300C/D, TM-U675: 0 n 255; TM-J8000: n = 0, 20 For paper roll: n = 1 For cut sheet: n = 0 TM-U925: For paper roll: when DIP switch 2-4 is Off, n = 1 when DIP switch 2-4 is On, n = 17 For slip paper: n = 16 TM-U300C/D: n = 1 TM-H6000, TM-J8000: n = 0 TM-U375, TM-U675: TM-H5000II, TM-U325D Decimal 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 16 0 Function Head energizing time: copy. Head energizing time: normal. Reserved. Print quality: economy. Print quality: fine. Reserved. Printing speed: high. Printing speed: low. Reserved. Selects the print speed and head energizing time, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5-7 Off/On Off On Off Off On Off Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 10 00
GS E
Ver. 6.0 p. 486
CONFIDENTIAL
[Notes] s When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. s This command is available for the paper type selected by ESC c 0. The head control method can be selected independently for paper roll, slip, and validation paper. s In page mode, the setting for this command is effective for all data to be printed collectively by FF or ESC FF. [Model-dependent variations] TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-U675 TM-U300C/D TM-J8000 TM-H6000

PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1D);"E";CHR$(16); Select printing speed to Low
TM-U375 Bits 2 and 4 are not supported. When both the paper roll and cut sheet are selected as the paper type set by ESC c 0 the head 0, energizing time for cut sheets is enabled. TM-U925 Bit 2 is not supported. In this printer, high printing speed and copy head energizing time cannot be set simultaneously. n is used as follows:
n
1 16 17
Printing speed High Low Low
Head energizing time Normal Copy Normal
GS E
Ver. 6.0 p. 487
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U300C/D Bits 2 and 4 are not supported. TM-J8000 Head control method can be selected as follows:
n
0 20
Control Method Economy printing Fine printing
When economy printing is selected by this command, the printer does not correctly process vertical dots; therefore, depending on the pattern of the image data, there may be no printing result from GS Q 0 or GS v 0. Fine printing is always selected when printing a bar code. TM-H6000 Bit 2 and 4 are not supported. The command specifies the print head (serial impact dot head) control method for a slip (face). TM-U675 Bit 2 and Bit 4 are not supported.
GS E
Ver. 6.0 p. 488
CONFIDENTIAL
GS I
[Name] [Format] Transmit printer ID ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 I 49 73
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
n n n
[Range]
TM-H5000II: 1 n 3, 49 n 51, 65 n 69 TM-H6000, TM-U675: 1 n 3, 49 n 51, 65 n 69, n = 112 TM-J8000: 1 n 3, 49 n 51, 65 n 67 TM-U375, TM-U925, TM-U325D: 1 n 3, 49 n 51 None TM-U300C/D Specification Printer model Printer type Firmware version Transmits 1 byte of printer ID using n as follows:
n
1, 49 2, 50 3, 51
Printer ID Printer model ID Type ID Version ID
Transmits specified printer information, as follows: n Type of printer information Specification 65 Firmware version 66 Manufacturer 67 Printer name 68 Serial number 69 Type of additional fonts Indicates firmware version EPSON Indicates printer name Indicates serial number of a product Japanese Kanji: JAPANESE JIS China Kanji: CHINA GB2312 Taiwan Kanji: TAIWAN BIG-5 Thai characters: THAI 3PASS
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 489
CONFIDENTIAL
Transmits specified printer information (model-dependent information), as follows: n Type of printer information Specification 112 [Notes] Refer to Model-dependent information
sss sss
more
Refer to Model-dependent information
s When printer ID transmission is specified, the printer transmits 1-byte data. s When printer information transmission is specified, the printer transmits a character string data [Header ~ NUL]. s With a parallel interface, the printer ID and printer information transmitted from the printer is stored in the transmission buffer of the printer temporarily and when the host enters Reverse Mode, data is transmitted in order from the beginning of the transmission buffer. The transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data that exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should enter the Reverse Mode immediately to receive status. Notes for Printer ID: s Type ID to be transmitted is as follows: Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 00 40 00 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 Two-byte character code not supported. Two-byte character code supported Autocutter not installed. Autocutter installed. DIP switch (connection of customer display) is Off. DIP switch (connection of customer display) is On. Without MICR reader. With MICR reader. Fixed. Reserved. Endorsement printing not supported. Endorsement printing supported. Not used. Fixed to Off.
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 490
CONFIDENTIAL
With a parallel interface model, bit 2 is fixed to Off. s Printer model ID (when1 n 3, 49 n 51) consists of 1-byte data. s Printer model ID (when n = 1 or 49) differs depending the printer model. s Each version ID corresponds to a firmware version.
sss sss
more
s When DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer transmits the ID data after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. s When XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer transmits the ID data without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s The printer ID can be differentiated from other transmission data by bits 4 and 7. After outputting GS I to the printer, if the data transmitted from the printer is 0xx0xxxx (x = 0 or 1), the host should process the data as the printer ID. Notes for Printer Information: s When DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer transmits the ID data after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. If the host computer is not ready to receive data, the printer waits until the host becomes ready. s When XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch with a serial interface, the printer transmits the ID data without confirming whether the host computer can receive data. s Printer information (when 65 n 69, n = 112) consists of [Header + printer information + NUL]. Header: Hex = 5FH / Decimal = 95/number of bytes: 1 Printer information: The character string varies, depending on the specification for each printer. The number of bytes is 1 ~ 80 bytes. NUL: Hex = 00H / Decimal = 0/number of bytes: 1 s If the printer information cannot be transmitted by some cause, the printer transmits 2-byte code of [Header + NUL]. s A firmware version can be checked by self-test printing. The self test can be executed by GS ( A or panel switch operation while the power is turned on. s The printer becomes BUSY immediately before transmitting a header and recovers to READY after transmitting a NUL (except when the printer is busy for other reason).
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 491
CONFIDENTIAL
s With a serial interface, when DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header~NUL] to the host after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. s With a serial interface, when XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header ~ NUL] to the host without confirming that the host is ready to receive data. s The printer information can be differentiated by the header of the block data from other transmission data. After outputting GS I, if the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex = 5FH/Decimal = 95], process data up to NUL [Hex = 00H/Decimal = 0] as the printer ID. When differentiating, there is one exception: when the host communicates with the printer by XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code might interrupt [Header = NUL]. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-U325D TM-J8000

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"I";CHR$(1); Transmits printer ID
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 492
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This printer supports the printer ID and printer information. Type of additional fonts (n = 69) is only for TM-H5000IIM/TM-H5000IIPM. Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Connection of customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 2-2. Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Type ID (n = 2, 50) Hex: 0FH / Decimal: 15 Bit 1 is fixed to On (autocutter installed). Printer name (when n = 67) Printer name is TM-H5000II
TM-U375 This printer supports only the printer ID (1 n 3, 49 n 51). Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Connection of a customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex: 0AH / Decimal: 10 Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1 is fixed to Off (autocutter not installed). Bit 3 is fixed to Off (without MICR reader).
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 493
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U925 This printer supports only the printer ID (1 n 3, 49 n 51). Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-8. Connection of a customer display for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-6. Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex: 0CH / Decimal: 12 Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1 is fixed to On (autocutter installed). TM-U325D This printer supports only the printer ID (1 n 3, 49 n 51). Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Printer model ID (n = 1, 49): Hex: 22 / Decimal: 34 Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1 is fixed to Off (autocutter not installed). Bit 2 is fixed to Off (DIP switch [connection of customer display] is Off). Bit 3 is fixed to Off (without MICR reader). TM-J8000 Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2. Printer ID (n = 1, 49): Hex: 23H / Decimal: 35 Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1 is [1 (autocutter installed)] Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-J8000
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 494
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000
sss sss
more
Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2. Printer ID (n = 1, 49): Hex: 24H / Decimal: 36 Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-H6000 For model-dependent information (n = 112), the printer transmits DIP switches information. The transmission data consists of 6-byte data [Header + Printer information (4-byte) + NUL]. The first byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 1-1 is Off DIP switch 1-1 is On DIP switch 1-2 is Off DIP switch 1-2 is On DIP switch 1-3 is Off DIP switch 1-3 is On DIP switch 1-4 is Off DIP switch 1-4 is On Reserved Fixed to Off Fixed to Off
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 495
CONFIDENTIAL
The second byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 1-5 is Off DIP switch 1-5 is On DIP switch 1-6 is Off DIP switch 1-6 is On DIP switch 1-7 is Off DIP switch 1-7 is On DIP switch 1-8 is Off DIP switch 1-8 is On Reserved Fixed to On Fixed to Off
sss sss
more
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 496
CONFIDENTIAL
The third byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 2-1 is Off DIP switch 2-1 is On DIP switch 2-2 is Off DIP switch 2-2 is On DIP switch 2-3 is Off DIP switch 2-3 is On DIP switch 2-4 is Off DIP switch 2-4 is On Reserved Fixed to Off Fixed to Off
The fourth byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1

5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 2-5 is Off DIP switch 2-5 is On Reserved Fixed to On Fixed to Off
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 497
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675
sss sss
more
Handshaking for a serial interface is selected by DIP switch 1-3. Customer display (DM-D) connection is selected by DIP switch 2-2. Printer ID (n = 1, 49): Hex: 25H / Decimal: 37 Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-U675 For model-dependent information (n = 112), the printer transmits DIP switches information. The transmission data consists of 6-byte data [Header + Printer information (4-byte) + NUL]. The first byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 1-1 is Off DIP switch 1-1 is On DIP switch 1-2 is Off DIP switch 1-2 is On DIP switch 1-3 is Off DIP switch 1-3 is On DIP switch 1-4 is Off DIP switch 1-4 is On Reserved Fixed to Off Fixed to Off
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 498
CONFIDENTIAL
The second byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 1-5 is Off DIP switch 1-5 is On DIP switch 1-6 is Off DIP switch 1-6 is On DIP switch 1-7 is Off DIP switch 1-7 is On DIP switch 1-8 is Off DIP switch 1-8 is On Reserved Fixed to On Fixed to Off
sss sss
more
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 499
CONFIDENTIAL
The third byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1 2 3 4, 5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 02 00 04 00 08 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 2-1 is Off DIP switch 2-1 is On DIP switch 2-2 is Off DIP switch 2-2 is On DIP switch 2-3 is Off DIP switch 2-3 is On DIP switch 2-4 is Off DIP switch 2-4 is On Reserved Fixed to Off Fixed to Off
The fourth byte of Printer Information: Bit 0 1

5 6 7 Off/On Off On Off On Off Hex 00 01 00 40 00 Decimal 0 1 0 64 0 Function DIP switch 2-5 is Off DIP switch 2-5 is On Reserved Fixed to On Fixed to Off
GS I
Ver. 6.0 p. 500
CONFIDENTIAL
GS P
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Set horizontal and vertical motion units ASCII Hex Decimal 0 x 255 0 y 255 TM-H5000II: TM-H6000: TM-J8000: TM-U375, TM-U675: TM-U925: For paper roll: x = 180, y = 360 For slip paper: x = 150, y = 144 For paper roll: x = 180, y = 360 For slip paper (face): x = 160, y = 144 x = 360, y = 360 x = 160, y = 144 x = 150, y = 144 GS 1D 29 P 50 80
x x x
y y y
[Range] [Default]
TM-U325D, TM-U300C/D
Sets the horizontal and vertical motion units to 25.4/x mm {1/x inches} and 25.4/y mm {1/y inches}, respectively. When x = 0, the default setting of horizontal value is used. When y = 0, the default setting of vertical value is used.
[Notes]
s The horizontal direction is perpendicular to the paper feed direction and the vertical direction is the paper feed direction. s The horizontal and vertical motion units indicate the minimum pitch used for calculating the values of related commands (shown on the next screen). s In standard mode, the following commands use x or y. Commands using x: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC \, FS S, GS L, and GS W Commands using y: ESC 3, ESC J, ESC K and GS V
GS P
Ver. 6.0 p. 501
CONFIDENTIAL
s In page mode, the following commands use x or y, when the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right of the printing area using ESC T. Commands using x: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC W, ESC \, and FS S Commands using y: ESC 3, ESC J, ESC W, GS $, GS V, and GS \ s In page mode, the following commands use x or y, when the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area using ESC T. Commands using x: ESC 3, ESC J, ESC W, GS $, and GS \ Commands using y: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC W, ESC \, FS S, and GS V s The calculated result from combining this command with others is truncated to the minimum value of the mechanical pitch. s This command does not affect the current setting values. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-U375 TM-U925 TM-H6000 TM-U675 TM-J8000
Print Sample
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(30); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(90); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(30); Set line spacing PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "EEEEE"; CHR$(&HA); Set line spacing
AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC DDDDD 30/90-inch line spacing EEEEE 30/180-inch line spacing
GS P
Ver. 6.0 p. 502
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II This command sets the motion units for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The horizontal and vertical motion units can be set independently for paper roll and slip paper. The default values for the paper roll equal a normal dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. The default values for a slip equal a half dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. TM-U375 The default values equal a half dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. TM-U925 The default values equal a half dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. TM-J8000 Default values equal a normal dot pitch in both vertical and horizontal directions. TM-H6000 This command sets the motion units for the paper type selected by ESC c 1. The value set for a slip affects printing on the face of the slip. The horizontal and vertical motion units can be set independently for paper roll and slip paper (face). The default values for the paper roll equal a normal dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. The default values for the slip (face) equal a half dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically. TM-U675 The default values equal a half dot pitch horizontally and a half dot pitch vertically.
GS P
Ver. 6.0 p. 503
CONFIDENTIAL
GS g 0
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Initialize maintenance counter ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 g 67 103 0 30 48
m nL nH m nL nH m nL nH
m = 0, 0 (nL + nH 256) 65535 TM-H6000, TM-U675: m = 0, 10 nL 70, nH = 0

Sets the maintenance counter specified by nL and nH to 0. nL and nH specify a resettable maintenance counter number as (nL + nH 256). Counter Number 10 ~ 19 20 ~ 29 30 ~ 39 40 ~ 49 50 ~ 59 60 ~ 69 70 ~ 79 Counter Specifications Serial impact head Thermal head Ink jet head Shuttle head Devices that conform to the normal specification Optional devices Time
[Notes]
s In standard mode, this command is effective only when processed in the beginning of a line. s If the counter specified by (nL + nH 256) is not supported, this command is ignored. s Do not use this command while a macro is being defined, because the command cannot be included in the macro. s There are two kinds of maintenance counters: resettable counters and accumulation counters. A resettable counter is a maintenance counter that can be initialized, and an accumulation counter indicates the counter value from when the printer starts operation. An accumulation counter cannot be initialized. s When a counter reaches its maximum value, its value is reset to 0 in the next updating process. Units and maximum values of counters differ depending on the printer model and function. Refer to the modeldependent variations for details.
GS g 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 504
CONFIDENTIAL
s The maintenance counter value can be transmitted by GS g 2. s The maintenance counter value can be used for establishing the time for replacing consumed parts or cleaning. s Types of counters differ depending on the printer models. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);g0;CHR$(0);CHR$(11);CHR$(0); Initializes print character counter
TM-H5000II Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0. q, C, E, For the types of maintenance counter, see the Model-dependent variations for the GS g 2 command. TM-H6000 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. Refer to the Model-dependent variations of the GS g 2 command for types of maintenance counters. TM-U675 Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory. As a guideline, do not use any combination of the following commands more than 10 times per day for writing data to the non-volatile memory: FS q GS ( C GS ( E GS g 0 q, C, E, 0. Refer to the Model-dependent variations of the GS g 2 command for types of maintenance counters.
GS g 0
Ver. 6.0 p. 505
CONFIDENTIAL
GS g 2
[Name] [Format]
sss sss
more
EXECUTING COMMAND
Transmit maintenance counter ASC II Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 g 67 103 2 32 50
m nL nH m nL nH m nL nH
m = 0, 0 (nL + nH 256) 65535 TM-H6000, TM-U675: m = 0, 10 nL 198, nH = 0 ,

Transmits the value of the counter specified by the number. nL and nH specify a maintenance counter number as (nL + nH 256). Counter Number 10 ~ 19 20 ~ 29 30 ~ 39 40 ~ 49 50 ~ 59 60 ~ 69 70 ~ 79 Counter Specifications Serial impact head Thermal head Ink jet head Shuttle head Devices that conform to the normal specification Option devices Time
[Notes]
s There are two kinds of maintenance counters: resettable counters and accumulation counters. A resettable counter is a maintenance counter that can be initialized by GS g 0, and an accumulation counter indicates the counter value from when the printer starts operation. s When a counter reaches its maximum value, its value is reset to 0 in the next updating process. Units and maximum values of counters differ depending on the printer model and function. Refer to the modeldependent variations for details. s If the counter specified by (nL + nH 256) is not supported, this command is ignored.
GS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 506
CONFIDENTIAL
s The maintenance counter value consists of [Header + data + NUL], as follows: Header: Hexadecimal = 5FH/Decimal = 95 Data: Counter value NUL: Hexadecimal = 00H/Decimal = 0 s When the counter values are transmitted, the printer converts them to character codes corresponding to the decimal value, and transmits from the most significant bit. Example: When the counter value is 120, the transmission data for 120 is 3 bytes consisting of 49, 50, and 48. s The printer becomes BUSY immediately before transmitting a header and recovers to READY after transmitting a NUL (unless there are other causes of the printer being BUSY). s With a serial interface, when DTR/DSR control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header~ NUL] to the host after confirming that the host is ready to receive data. s With a serial interface, when XON/XOFF control (handshaking) is selected by DIP switch, the printer transmits [Header~ NUL] to the host without confirming that the host is ready to receive data. s When transmitting data with this command, ASB status and real-time commands cannot be used. s The resettable maintenance counter can be initialized by GS g 0. s The maintenance counters built in the printer are standard; therefore, their values will be different depending on the timing of occurring errors or turning off the power. s The maintenance counter can be used for establishing the time for replacing consumed parts or cleaning. s Maintenance counter data can be differentiated from other transmission data by the header of the block data. After outputting GS g 2 to the printer, if the data transmitted from the printer is [Hex=5FH/ Decimal=95], the host should process the data up to NUL [Hex=00H/Decimal=0] as maintenance counter data. There is an exception, described below: When the host is communicating with the printer by XON/XOFF control, the XOFF code might interrupt [Header ~ NUL]. s Types of the counters differ, depending on the printer models. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H5000II TM-H6000 TM-U675 Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);g2;CHR$(0);CHR$(11);CHR$(0); Transmit a counter value of print characters
GS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 507
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H5000II The units and maximum values of the counters are as follows: Number Counter 10,138 11,139 20,148 21,149 50,178 60,188 70,198 The number of paper feed lines (for slip) The number of print characters (for slip) The number of paper feed lines (for paper roll) The number of times of head energizing strokes (for paper roll) The number of times reading check paper Period of printer operation Counting method Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6 inch} as one line (+1) Counts 6 head energizing strokes as one character (+1) Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6 inch} as one line (+1) Counts a head energizing stroke of the thermal head (+1) Unit Lines Maximum value 178,956,970
Characters 715,827,882 Lines Times Times 143,165,576 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 71,582,788
The number of autocutter operations Counts an autocutter operation (+1)
Counts the times check paper is read Times (+1) Counts the number of hours power has been on Hours
Note: Commas used in the maximum values in the table above are not included in the transmission data.
GS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 508
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The units and maximum values of the counters are as follows: Number Counter 10,138 11,139 20,148 21,149 40,168 40,169 50,178 60,188 70,198 Counting method Unit Lines Maximum value 178,956,970 The number of paper feed lines Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6 inch} (for both sides of a slip) as one line (both for face and back) (+1)
The number of print characters Counts 6 head energizing strokes of a serial Characters 715,827,882 (for the face of a slip) impact dot head as one character (+1) The number of paper feed lines Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6 inch} (for paper roll) as one line (+1) The number of head energizing Counts a head energizing stroke of the strokes (for paper roll) thermal head (+1) The number of head roundtrips (for the back of a slip) Counts a head round-trip of the shuttle head as one character (+1) Lines Times Times 143,165,576 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295
The number of print characters Counts a character printed by the shuttle (for the back of a slip) head (+1) The number of autocutter operations The number of times reading check paper Period of printer operation Counts an autocutter operation (+1) Counts the times check paper is read (+1)
Characters 4,294,967,295 Times Times 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 71,582,788
Counts the number of hours the power has Hours been on
GS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 509
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-U675 The units and maximum values of the counters are as follows: Number Counter 10,138 11,139 40,168 41,169 50,178 60,188 70,198 The number of paper feed lines (for slip) The number of print characters (Reserved) The number of autocutter operations The number of times reading check paper Period of printer operation Counting method Unit Maximum value 178,956,970 Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6 inch} as Lines one line (+1) Counts 6 head energizing strokes as one character (+1) No counts Counts an autocutter operation (+1) Counts the times check paper is read (+1) Counts the number of hours the power has been on
Characters 715,827,882 Times Times Hours 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 71,582,788
GS g 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 510
CONFIDENTIAL
Kanji commands
KANJI COMMANDS
Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W Name Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters Select Kanji character mode Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters Cancel Kanji character mode Define user-defined Kanji characters Select Kanji character code system Set Kanji character spacing Turn quadruple-size mode on/off for Kanji characters
Kanji commands
Ver. 6.0 p. 511
CONFIDENTIAL
FS !
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 FS 1C 28 ! 21 33
n n n
[Printers not featuring this command] [Default] [Description]
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
n=0
Sets the print mode for Kanji characters collectively, using n as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4~6 7 Function Reserved Reserved Double-width mode is Off Double-width mode is On Double-height mode is Off Double-height mode is On Reserved Kanji underline mode is Off Kanji underline mode is On Binary Off Off 0ff On Off On Off Off On Hexadecimal 00 00 00 04 00 08 00 00 80 Decimal 0 0 0 4 0 8 0 0 128
[Notes]
s Settings of this command affect Kanji and user-defined characters. s Settings of this command are effective until any of the following commands is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is rest, or the power is turned off. Character size (bits 2 and 3): FS W, GS ! Underline (bit 7): FS s When a double-height mode is specified, a character is enlarged based on a baseline of the character.
Kanji commands
FS !
Ver. 6.0 p. 512
CONFIDENTIAL
s When a double-width mode is specified, a character is enlarged based on the left side of the character. s When both double-width and double-height modes are specified, quadruple-size characters are printed. s When double-height mode is selected in standard mode, a character is enlarged in the paper feed direction and when double-width mode is selected, a character is enlarged in the direction which is perpendicular to the paper feed direction. Therefore, when 90 clockwise-rotation is selected, the relationship between directions of enlargement of double-height and double-width is opposite from normal direction. s When double-height mode is selected in page mode, height size is enlarged and when double-width mode is selected in page mode, width size is enlarged. s When Kanji underline mode is specified, the width of the underline set by FS is added. Even if the character size is changed, the width is not changed. s Even if Kanji underline mode is specified, 90 clockwise-rotation characters, white/black reverse characters, and spaces skipped by HT, ESC $, or ESC \ are not underlined. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000
Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);!;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H22);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H22); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);!;CHR$(4); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);!;CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H26);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H26); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);!;CHR$(12); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H28);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H28); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; Cancel Kanji mode Select JIS code system Specify Kanji mode
Print Sample
TM-H6000 This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip.
Kanji commands
FS !
Ver. 6.0 p. 513
CONFIDENTIAL
FS &
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select Kanji character mode ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 & 26 38 TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
Select Kanji character mode. s This command is effective only when Japanese Kanji, Chinese Kanji, and Taiwanese Kanji, and Korean Kanji models are selected. s Settings of this command is effective until FS . is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s Kanji codes are processed in order of the first byte and the second byte. s Notes for Japanese Kanji model: Settings of this command affect a character code processing only when JIS code system is selected by FS C. If Kanji mode is specified when JIS code system is selected, the printer processes a character code as a 2-byte code. Kanji mode is canceled at default.
Kanji commands
FS &
Ver. 6.0 p. 514
CONFIDENTIAL
s Notes for Chinese Kanji model: When Kanji mode is selected, the printer processes a character code which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code, and then processes a consecutive byte as the second byte of Kanji code. Therefore, when Kanji code is specified, an ASCII code character which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code cannot be printed. Kanji mode is selected at default. s Notes for Taiwanese Kanji model: When Kanji mode is selected, the printer processes a character code which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code, and then processes a consecutive byte as the second byte of Kanji code. Therefore, when Kanji code is specified, an ASCII code character which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code cannot be printed. Kanji mode is selected at default. s Notes for Korean Kanji model: When Kanji mode is selected, the printer processes a character code which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code, and then processes a consecutive byte as the second byte of Kanji code. Therefore, when Kanji code is specified, an ASCII code character which corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code cannot be printed. Kanji mode is selected at default. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 TM-U300C/D Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A); CHR$(&HA); Select JIS code system Specify Kanji mode
Print Sample
TM-H6000 This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip. TM-U300C/D When a validation is selected as the print sheet, Kanji characters cannot be printed.
Kanji commands
FS &
Ver. 6.0 p. 515
CONFIDENTIAL
FS
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 2D 45
n n n
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675: 0 n 2, 48 n 50 TM-U375: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-U300C/D: n = 0, 1
n=0
Turns underline mode for Kanji characters on or off, based on the following values of n:
n
0, 48 1, 49 2, 50 [Notes]
Function Turns off underline mode for Kanji characters Turns on underline mode for Kanji characters (1-dot thick) Turns on underline mode for Kanji characters (2-dot thick)
s Settings of this command affect Kanji characters and user-defined characters. s Even if Kanji underline mode is specified, 90 clockwise-rotation characters, white/black reverse characters, and spaces skipped by HT, ESC $, or ESC \ are not underlined. s When a character size is changed, an underline width is not changed. s When underline mode is canceled, following characters are not underlined. However, an underline width set right before the mode is canceled is remained. s Settings of this command are effective until FS ! is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s Some printer models support Kanji underline mode with 2-dot width.
Kanji commands
FS
Ver. 6.0 p. 516
CONFIDENTIAL
[Model-dependent variations] Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);;CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; Cancel Kanji mode Cancel underline mode Select underline mode Select JIS code system
TM-H6000
TM-H5000II

1-dot width underline added No underline
TM-H6000 This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip. When the face of a slip is selected:
n
0, 48 1, 2, 49, 50 TM-H5000II
Function Turns off underline mode for Kanji characters Turns on underline mode for Kanji characters (1-dot thick)
When n =1, 2, 49, or 50 with a slip selected, Kanji underline with 1-dot width is printed. TM-U675 When n =1, 2, 49, or 50, Kanji underline with 1-dot width is printed.
Kanji commands
FS
Ver. 6.0 p. 517
CONFIDENTIAL
FS .
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Cancel Kanji character mode ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 . 2E 46 TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
Cancels Kanji character mode. s This command is effective only when Japanese Kanji, Chinese Kanji, and Taiwanese Kanji, and Korean Kanji models are selected. s Settings of this command are effective until FS & is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s Notes for Japanese Kanji model: Settings of this command affect character code processing only when JIS code system is selected by FS C. W When JIS code system is selected, if Kanji mode is canceled, the printer processes a character code as a 1-byte code of alphanumeric katakana characters. Kanji mode is canceled at default. s Notes for Chinese Kanji model: If Kanji mode is canceled, the printer processes a character code as a 1-byte code of alphanumeric katakana characters. Kanji mode is selected at default.
Kanji commands
FS .
Ver. 6.0 p. 518
CONFIDENTIAL
s Notes for Taiwanese Kanji model: If Kanji mode is canceled, the printer processes a character code as a 1-byte code of alphanumeric katakana characters. Kanji mode is selected at default. s Notes for Korean Kanji model: If Kanji mode is canceled, the printer processes a character code as a 1-byte code of alphanumeric katakana characters. Kanji mode is selected at default. [Model-dependent variations] TM-H6000 Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A); CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; PRINT #1, kanji; CHR$(&HA); Cancel Kanji mode Select JIS code system Specify Kanji mode
Print Sample
Kanji commands
FS .
Ver. 6.0 p. 519
CONFIDENTIAL
FS 2
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Define user-defined Kanji characters ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 2 32 50
c1 c1 c1
c2 c2 c2
d1...dk d1...dk d1...dk
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] 0d
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
The ranges of c1 and c2 differ depending on specifications and the character code system used. Japanese Kanji (JIS code): c1 = 77H, 21H c2 7EH Japanese Kanji (SHIFT JIS code): c1 = ECH, 40H c2 7EH, 80H c2 9EH Chinese Kanji: c1 = FEH, A1H c2 FEH Taiwanese Kanji: c1 = FEH, A1H c2 FEH Korean Kanji: c1 = FEH, A1H c2 FEH 255
TM-H5000II TM-H6000: k = 72 (paper roll, face for TM-H6000); k = 32 (slip) TM-U675, TM-U375, TM-U300C/D: k = 32 [Description] Defines user-defined Kanji characters for the character codes specified by c1 and c2.
[Notes]
c1 indicates the first byte of a character code for a user-defined character. c2 indicates the second byte of a character code for a user-defined character. d indicates defined data. k indicates the maximum number of defined data. k is a parameter for an explanation; therefore, it does not need to be transmitted. s This command is effective only for Japanese Kanji, Chinese Kanji, Taiwanese Kanji, or Korean Kanji specification.
s The printer models that have 16 16 dot-configuration need 32-byte data, k = 32 (2 bytes in vertical 16 dots in horizontal) for defined data. The printer models that have 24 24 dot-configuration need 72-byte data, k = 72 (3 bytes in vertical 24 dots in horizontal).
Kanji commands
FS 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 520
CONFIDENTIAL
sss sss
more
s The printer processes k byte data of d1...dk as defined data. The defined data (d) sets a corresponding bit to 1 to print a dot or to 0 not to print a dot. s If the printer has multiple print heads that have different dot density, the user-defined character is defined for the sheet selected by ESC c 1. A user-defined character can be defined for each print head. s The number of characters to be defined differ depending on the printer models. s Defined data is effective until it is redefined, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s User-defined characters are not defined and space is printed at the default. s The relationship between the defined data and a print result is as follows: Example of defining a user-defined character for the printer model which has 16 16 dots Kanji configuration:
d1 d2
d3 d4
d5 d6
... ...
d27 d28
d29 d30
d31 d32
Kanji commands
FS 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 521
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C; CHR$(0): PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);2; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); FOR k = 1 To 32 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT k PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H33);CHR$(&H30); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; DATA &H00, &H00, &H00, &H00, &H01, &HE0, &H07, &HF0 DATA &H0F, &HF0, &H1F, &HF2, &H3F, &HE2, &H7F, &HFE DATA &H7F, &HFE, &H3F, &HE2, &H1F, &HF2, &H0F, &HF0 DATA &H07, &HF0, &H01, &HE0, &H00, &H00, &H00, &H00 Cancel Kanji mode Specify Kanji mode Select JIS code system
TM-H6000
TM-U675
TM-H5000II
TM-U375
TM-U300C/D
Print Sample
Kanji commands
FS 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 522
CONFIDENTIAL
TM-H6000 The user-defined characters can be defined for all the character codes in a range. User-defined character pattern is defined for a sheet selected by ESC c 1. When slip is selected as the print sheet, the user-defined character is defined for the face of a slip. The back of the slip does not support Kanji. The user-defined character pattern can be set for roll paper and a slip (face) independently. When a slip is selected, horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data. This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip. TM-H5000II User-defined characters can be defined for all the character codes in a range. User-defined character pattern is defined for a sheet selected by ESC c 1. The user-defined character pattern can be set for roll paper and a slip independently. When a slip is selected, horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data. TM-U375 A user-defined character for one character can be defined. If a user-defined character is already defined, defined character code can be redefined, however, user-defined characters cannot be defined to new character codes. Horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data. TM-U300C/D A user-defined character for one character can be defined. If a user-defined character is already defined, defined character code can be redefined, however, user-defined characters cannot be defined to new character codes. Horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data. TM-U675 The user-defined characters can be defined for all the character codes in a range. For the user-defined characters, horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data.
Kanji commands
FS 2
Ver. 6.0 p. 523
CONFIDENTIAL
FS C
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Select Kanji character code system ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 C 43 67
n n n
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
TM-H5000II, TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-U375: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-U300C/D: n = 0, 1
n=0
[Description] Selects a Kanji character code system for the Japanese Kanji specification, based on the following values of n:
n
0, 48 1, 49 [Notes]
Kanji JIS code SHIFT JIS code
s This command is effective only with the Japanese Kanji models. s The command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s When JIS code system is selected, Kanji mode should be specified by FS & to print Kanji characters. s When SHIFT JIS code system is selected, if the printer processes a character code which corresponds to the first byte of the Kanji code, the printer processes a consecutive byte as the second byte of the Kanji code. Therefore, when this code system is selected, ASCII code which corresponds to the first byte of the Kanji code cannot be printed. s Kanji code processes the first byte and the second byte in order.
Kanji commands
FS C
Ver. 6.0 p. 524
CONFIDENTIAL
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A); CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H8A);CHR$(&HBF); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H8E);CHR$(&H9A); CHR$(&HA); Cancel Kanji mode Select SHIFT JIS code system Select JIS code system Specify Kanji mode
TM-H6000
TM-U300C/D Print Sample

Print using JIS code Print using SHIFT JIS code
TM-H6000 This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip. TM-U300C/D When a validation is selected as the print sheet, Kanji cannot be printed.
Kanji commands
FS C
Ver. 6.0 p. 525
CONFIDENTIAL
FS S
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
sss sss
more
SETTING COMMAND
Set Kanji character spacing ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 S 53 83
n1 n1 n1
n2 n2 n2
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] [Default]
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
TM-H6000, TM-U675, TM-H5000II, TM-U375: 0 n1 255, 0 n2 255 TM-U300C/D: 0 n1 32, 0 n2 32 TM-H6000: n1 = 0, n2 = 0 (paper roll); n1 = 0, n2 = 2 (slip, face side) TM-H5000II: n1 = 0, n2 = 0 (paper roll); n1 = 0, n2 = 2 (slip) TM-U675, TM-U375, TM-U300C/D: n1 = 0, n2 = 2 Sets left- and right-side Kanji character spacing n1 and n2, respectively. Specify the left-side character spacing to [n1 horizontal or vertical motion units]. Specify the right-side character spacing to [n2 horizontal or vertical motion units]. s Settings of this command affect Kanji characters and user-defined characters. s When a character size is set to N times as large as a normal size, both right- and left-side character spacings are also set to N times as large as a normal size. s In standard mode, the horizontal motion unit (perpendicular to the paper feed direction) is used. s In page mode, the horizontal or vertical motion unit differs depending on the starting position set by ESC T. When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower right, the horizontal motion unit (perpendicular to the paper feed direction) is used. When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left, the vertical motion unit (paper feed direction) is used. s Different character spacing can be set for standard mode and page mode. When this command is set in standard mode, character spacing for Kanji printed in standard mode is set and when this command is set in page mode, character spacing for Kanji printed in page mode is set. s If the horizontal or vertical motion unit is changed after setting the character spacing, the spacing between Kanji characters is not changed.
[Description]
[Notes]
Kanji commands
FS S
Ver. 6.0 p. 526
CONFIDENTIAL
s Kanji character spacing set is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. s This command is used to change a spacing between Kanji characters. [Model-dependent variations] Program Example
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);P;CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C; CHR$(0): PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);S;CHR$(0);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);S;CHR$(8);CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.; Cancel Kanji mode Select JIS code system Specify Kanji mode
TM-H6000
TM-U675
TM-H5000II
TM-U375
TM-U300C/D
Left- and right-side character spacing: 0 mm Left- and right-side character spacing: approx. 1.129 mm {8/180"}
Print Sample
TM-H6000 This command affects only printing on roll paper and the face of a slip. The horizontal and vertical motion units are set by GS P. TM-U675 The horizontal and vertical motion units are set by GS P. TM-H5000II The horizontal and vertical motion units are set by GS P. TM-U375 The horizontal and vertical motion units are set by GS P. TM-U300C/D The horizontal motion unit is approximately 0.159 mm {1/160 inch}. This is equivalent to a half dot pitch (minimum mechanical pitch).
Kanji commands
FS S
Ver. 6.0 p. 527
CONFIDENTIAL
FS W
[Name] [Format]
Kanji commands
SETTING COMMAND
Turn quadruple-size mode on/off for Kanji characters ASCII Hex Decimal 0 n 255 FS 1C 28 W 57 87
n n n
[Printers not featuring this command] [Range] [Default] [Description]
TM-J8000, TM-U925, TM-U325D
n=0
Turn quadruple-size mode on or off for Kanji characters. When the LSB of n is 0, quadruple-size mode for Kanji characters is turned off and normal size is specified. When the LSB of n is 1, quadruple-size mode for Kanji characters is turned on. s Settings of this command affect Kanji characters and user-defined characters. s When a double-height mode is specified, a character is enlarged based on a baseline of the character and when a double-width mode is specified, a character is enlarged based on the left side of the character. s Settings of this command are effective until FS ! is executed, GS ! is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
[Notes]
TM-H6000
Select JIS code system Cancel quadruple-size mode Quadruple size Specify quadruple-size mode
Print Sample
Normal size
PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);C;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);&; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);W;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);W;CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);.;
Kanji commands
FS W
Ver. 6.0 p. 528
CONFIDENTIAL
Kanji commands
FS W
Ver. 6.0 p. 529

Epson Programming Guide

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Epson Programming Guide

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ESC/POS Paper roll/cut sheet EPSON printers ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS Features ESC/POS & Technical

Information ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

To see the list of supported commands, click here

USABLE APPLICATION PROGRAMS AND TIPS

----------------------------------------55.00 PAID 2.50 CHANGE

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Scroll the message and display the counter

Display amount paid

Display change amount

> > Thank You > >

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

> > > >

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"";CHR$(40);CHR$(4);

Define stamp data (downloaded bit image)

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"=";CHR$(2);CHR$(&HC);

Print and display item A

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Print and display item A

Print and display item B

Display change and message

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

Paper feed direction

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

2. Transmit data for border

ESC W, ESC T, ESC

ESC W, ESC T, GS !, LF, ESC J

6. Print all data 7. Return to standard mode

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR&(180);

horizontal and vertical motion units

Select Select Select Select

Transmit edge data

printing direction (bottom to up)

PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(50);CHR $(0);CHR$(76);CHR$(2);CHR$(72);CHR$(0);CHR$(68);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(1);

printing direction (bottom to up)

Transmit data for symbol A

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips

printing direction (bottom to up)

Transmit data for symbol B

Transmit bar code

Subroutine for transmitting the edge data

Paper roll/cut sheet

Usable application programs and tips